Home

Software description

1. test_ice testsd function tempsurfm test_ice testsg function tempsurfm X function qr16ro6 testsn function tempsurfm test_ice testst function tempsurfm testld test_snow masque testin testlt test snow testcd function tempsurfm test_snow testcg function tempsurfm testcn testct cornoir ct_day ct_night ct_dawn Figure 4 34 MASQUE modules hierarchy Page 102 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 This sript and program provide a cloud mask on the AVHRR grid They require the AVHRR level 1C file and several resource files to get prior information on the state of the atmosphere and the surface Two possibilities climatological fields or NWP model fields We obtain best accuracy with the last one TASK 1 INITIALISATION The program reads the input data and the options opens the input and output files ioavhicld Then it reads the header of the input file and updates the header of the output one Then it computes the total number of boxes whose size is defined by two environment variables The boxes are created to spare running time to read the environment files atlas weatherforecast TASK 2 WORK ON AVHRR BANDS Maia3_main exe reads all the AVHRR lines of a band and makes some quality tests Data are stored in tables Geo
2. j ppuser N Board __pphinh gt pphginit ppainh 1 j 7 ppbinh 1 ppminh 1 ppiinh 1 ppipcinh 2 ppatmsinh 3 ppcrisinh 4 pphfdf mxinv ppafdf ppsetup rdints ppbfdf ppmfdf ppifdf pplfdf 1 c2upper read_nwcsaf_scat_params ppatmsfat mxinv rdints ppcrisfdf pptime timesub _ppscan_ params pplut 1 EE E pplut iasi Ltimesub j location lutmap N iohid wordswap coloc iohdm joaid weights sort_dist ioa iobid ioii d iocid ioatid 1 2 8 4 See its own modules hierarchy Figure 4 21 PPSETUP modules hierarchy To simplify the diagram calls to the errorreport subroutine have not be written Page 75 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION oc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Pa Ge May 2015 convday F ppXinh ioX1c wordswap with X h a b m ori 2 convday ppipcinh S __ wordswap a wordswap2 3 convday ppatmsinh foatic wordswap 4 4 convday ye Ye ppcrisinh i
3. aapp eps avhridb C IASIPFSLIC D Pad 4 Convert IASI PFS Lic to IASI CAVHRR AAPP Ha RARE Ve format se Ma convert iasidc IASIAAPPHC gt In AAPP the AVHRR file is named with the hrpt word See the following figure Figure 3 7 First steps for treating METOP data IASI part Page 21 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 HIRSAAPP 1b AMSUAAAPPIib gt MHSAAPPHb gt y y y Pre processing step1 Pre processing step1 Pre processing step1 Pre processing step2 atovin atovin atovin iasi_eigenvectors y y 2 y C HIRS AAPPIic AMSUAAAPPIic MHS AAPP Io gt A A eS Ws un CIASI_eig_encode dat CIASI_eig_decode dat C IASL noise dat gt Pre processing step2 Le atovpp ed 24 R lt IASIAAPPHC D Le y Sete C HIRS AAPP Hd gt C AVHRR AAPP I1b _ Wigs 7 AVHRR mapping Cloud mask avh2hirs In AAPP the AVHRR file is named with the hrpt word 2 g In AAPP MHS I1c data are in a file named with the amsub word C HIRS AAPP Hd In this figure the creation of a HIRS I1d file is shown With the same chain AMSUA l1d MHS I1d or IASI l1d can be created But with no cloud mask for those data AVHRR mapping and cloud mas
4. 127 4 2 16 Inputs outputs MSU calibration MSUCL iii 128 Page 4 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 4 2 17 Inputs outputs AMSU A calibration AMSUACL inner 130 4 2 18 Inputs outputs AMSU B calibration AMSUBCL ss 131 4 2 19 Inputs outputs MHS calibration MHSCL sise 133 4 2 20 Inputs outputs AVHRR calibration AVHRCL cecesecesecesecsseeseeeseeesesssessseseeeeseeeseeeatengs 134 4 2 21 Inputs outputs sounders calibration application ATOVIN ke Re ee ee ee ee ee 135 4 2 22 Inputs outputs sounders mapping ATOVPP sise 137 4 2 23 Inputs outputs for mapping cloud mask AVHRR to HIRS AVH2HIRS 140 4 2 24 Inputs outputs sounders calibration application AV HRRIN esse see se ee ee ee ee ee ee 143 4 2 25 Inputs outputs sounders calibration application MATA3 MAIN 144 4 2 26 Inputs outputs for conversion AVHRR AAPP 11b format to AVHRR PFSLIB format aapp SPS bredie savas seis ER EE N EE EO EE EE AE 145 4 2 27 Inputs outputs for SATEPH navigation tool esse esse ese ese ese ese ee see see see ee eke ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 145 4 2 28 Inputs outputs for LGEPHEING navigation tool iese ese sees een 146 4 2 29 Inputs outputs for LGEPHE navigation tool iese sesse esse ese ese ee see see see
5. wordswap wordswap wordswap wordswap wordswap wordswap N wordswap2 wordswap wordswap 4 ppispectra H sfftcf deapodise _iasi sfftcb ppcrisspectra ppcriscloud Figure 4 23 PPIN modules hierarchy Page 78 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 This task performs all set up operations required for program ATOVPP ppsetup First it reads user inputs choice of mappings etc ppuser ppuser also defines unit numbers for all I O and calls ppbginit if Backus Gilbert convolution has been selected for the AMSU B to AMSU A mapping Then it reads the level 1c headers and stores them in memory according to user inputs One header reading subroutine ppXinh corresponds to one instrument X a for AMSU A b for AMSU B m for MSU h for HIRS i for IASI atms for ATMS and cris for CrIS It reads fixed data files and sets up fixed variables for each sounder ppXfdf Those data are described in the next chapter it can be corrections to apply parameters useful to processing etc There is a particular fixed data file for mapping LUT fdf containing optional corrections and adjustments to perform for LUT initialisation This file is read by the subroutine pplfdf
6. write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 7 Inputs outputs for SATPOST navigation initialisation Inputs TBUS_YYYYMMDD TXT See input of tbusing TBUS_NOAAXX INDEX See output of tbusing STATIONS TXT ASCII file containing geographic coordinates of reception station Located in the directory DIR_STATIONS stations txt Each line contains the following information latitude deg longitude deg altitude km elevation min deg and name Outputs SATPOS NOAAXX YYYYMMDD TXT Satellite position velocity ASCII file associated with a given station and a given satellite xx satellite number yyyy year mm month dd day Page 119 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION satpos Some dummy lines may exists at the beginning of the file A line with the string satpos indicates the actual beginning of the file The file header contains following information names of satellite and station start date number of day calculation time step type research criteria of the orbital bulletin and name of orbital bulletin orbital parameters date semi major axis km eccentricity inclination deg perigee argument deg right ascension deg mean anomaly deg x y z positions km vx vy vz velocities km s ground station coordinates latitude longitude deg altitude k
7. ioh1dm pphoutd iohid ppaoutd joaid ppout ppboutd iob1d ppioutd ioiid ppatoutd ioatid ppcoutd iocid Figure 4 27 PPOUT modules hierarchy Page 88 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 This task creates level 1d records from memory stored values and writes out to level 1d files ppout This program calls one different subroutine for each instrument to write 1 HIRS TOVS or ATOVS pphoutdm or pphoutd 2 AMSU A ppaoutd 3 AMSU B ppboutd 4 IASI ppioutd 5 ATMS ppatoutd 6 CrIS ppcoutd The subroutine ppout may overwrite the last record from the previous block if the same scan line has been processed within this block This is because the last scan line in a block is at a disadvantage in the pre processing e g when applying a horizontal filter It is preferable to overwrite it with the same scan line from the next block Similarly the first scan line from the current block may not be written if it was already processed as an interior line from the previous block ppout calls the subroutines pphoutdm pphoutd ppaoutd ppboutd ppioutd ppatoutd and ppcoutd to transfer data from program arrays to a level 1d data record and then write out the record by calling I O routine for level 1D data ioX1d m where X
8. LGEPHE_NOAAXX_YYYYMMDD TXT Name of the ASCII long term ephemeris file associated with a list of stations and a specific satellite xx Satellite number yyyymmdd ephemeris start date Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION lgephe Each data line contains the following information calendar date of the event yyyy mm dd time of the event hh mm ss sss satellite name noaaxx orbit number event code start acg start of acquisition stop acg end of acquisition asc_node ascending node dsc node descending node a text associated with the event station name for start_acq stop_acq longitude of nodes deg for asc_node dsc_node No line of comments authorised SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named Igephe log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 30 Inputs outputs for ALLEPH navigation tool alleph calls several modules satpost exe ephe tracking antcnft For the different files the origin of inputs and outputs have been specified Page 147 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 6 May 2015 Inputs TBUS_YYYYMMDD TXT Input for satpost exe See above 3 3 2 inputs outputs for tbusing TBUS_NOAAXX INDEX Input for satpost exe See above 3 3 2 inputs outputs for tbusing Or TLE_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT Input for satpostle exe See above 3 3 3 inputs out
9. Page 43 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Finally on completion of the atovde module separated HIRS 3 or HIRS 4 AMSU A AMSU B or MHS amp DCS level 1a files are obtained or HIRS 2 MSU and DCS level la files in case of pre NOAA K TIP data TASK 3 AVHRR DECOMMUTATION TASK The module avhrdc performs this task called by hrptdc It receives as input from hrptdc e an array of HRPT minor frames in actual fact this array contains only one HRPT minor frame in this version of AAPP e Miscellaneous variables The minor frame number of the orbit the number of the AVHRR scan line the number of missing HRPT minor frames the number of missing AVHRR scan lines the HRPT minor frame number 1 or 2 or 3 the satellite identification the orbit number dates and times It fills the variables for one record of the AVHRR output file for one AVHRR scan line e Variables of the scan line information part Date and time Quality indicators from genqc results Variables of the telemetry data part avtelm Variables of the video data Variables of the TIP header data part and the CPU A and B telemetry part from TIP data avtipg It calls the routine avhdtw which writes the direct access AVHRR output file corresponding to the given scan line number It updates the header variables in the avh1bdh common avhhdu TASK 4 CORRECT SCAN LI
10. is mmam exe ccsds apid6 ccsds TRUE 4 3 49 mmam main exe The command mmam main exe extracts a MMAM compressed bz2 file from a PFS 10 file HKTM or a CCSDS file Usage is mmam main exe ccsds lt ccsds file gt pfsl0 lt pfsl0_file gt lt bz2_file gt Page 166 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID ne NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 example mmam main exe ccsds apid6 ccsds mmam bz2 4 3 50 print mmam obt utc pl The script print mmamm obt utc pl extracts the OBT UTC correlation parameters utcO ccu obt 0 clock step from a MMAM message and prints them Usage is print mmam obt utc pl lt MMAM_file gt example print mmam obt utc pl MMAM_GENERATED_M02_215_20120612081404 xml 2012 06 12T07 02 58 285 2677315586 3906239944 4 3 51 patch level0 from mmam exe The command patch level0 from mmam exe changes the VIADR records in a PFS level0 with OBT UTC correlation parameters utcO ccu obt 0 clock step Usage is patch level0 from mmam exe utcO ccu obt 0 clock step _xxx_00_ utcO ccu obt 0 clock step parameters as they are printed by print mmam obt utc pl example patch level0 from mmam exe 2012 06 12T07 02 58 285 2677315586 3906239944 AVHR_P13_00_M02_20120612084401Z_20120612085256Z_N_O_20120612085410Z 4 3 52 atms1c_print_nedt The command atms1c_print_nedt prints a table of ATMS NEAT values for warm and cold calibration views The mean and standard deviation are displaye
11. Sequential file in ASCII text One file for each instrument named HIRS fdf MSU fdf AMSUA fdf AMSUB fdf IASI fdf and containing fixed data for ATOVPP Data do not depend on the satellite Self documented lines of comments begin with Sections are identified by key words starting in column one BIAS PREPRO MSULIMB Lines before the start of sections are ignored Some sections are optional in that if they are omitted ATOVPP will use default values Sections can be specified in any order Data in section BIAS are added to the brightness temperatures before any other processing occurs Data in section PREPRO are the coefficients thresholds and other numbers required for the various pre processing tests and corrections Data in section MSULIMB only in the MSU fixed data file represents the expected differences in K between MSU brightness temperatures at each HIRS fov and at nadir There are two curves one appropriate for land and one for sea The intention is to aid the mapping of MSU to HIRS ATOVPP will not read beyond a line with END as the first 3 characters Associated with logical units see atovpp ksh 41 for HIRS fdf 42 for AMSUA fdf 43 for AMSUB fdf 44 for MSU fdf 45 for IASL fdf 54 for ATMS fdf 55 for CRIS fdf Other data files for IASI 46 for IASI_eig_encode dat eigenvectors to be used for Principal Components encoding 47 for IASI_eig_decode dat eigenvectors to be used for decoding not used in atovpp
12. Figure 4 5 Flow chart on the components of the SPMING module These modules allow the ingest of SPOT 5 bulletin s spm SPOT 5 bulletins are available through METOP Administrative messages these messages are part of the AHRPT data flow But note that SPOT 5 bulletins are being phased out by EUMETSAT and will not be available in the new Multi Mission Administrative Messages MMAM These two modules can process only one Page 36 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc D NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 satellite The SPOT 5 file name can be specified option By default all the spm files which are newer than the last update of the index files corresponding to the satellite list are ingested For each satellite one historical file is created or updated 1 SPM index file relative to the SPOT 5 orbital parameters Each record contains epoch time quality spot 5 filename The SPM epoch may be at any position in the historical files which means that an old SPM can be inserted in the files To insert new information 2 orbital parameters have to be calculated from previous SPM resources bulletin 3 the user chooses files depending on which to satellites are to be processed input configuration 4 quality controls are made to check new orbit continuity compared to the preceding orbit the spm extrapolation model is used TASK 1 DECODING ADMIN MESSAGES This done by admin main exe th
13. INTENT in idbg type topo_field INTENT in topo surface topography landsea and elev type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_info INTENT in pix id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_CMa INTENT in CMa type maia_CT INTENT inout CT type maia_CH INTENT in CH REAL INTENT out maia_par 30 mask outputs maia_Flag_Dust F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Flag_Dust idbg box pix pix_id thres CT CMa Determines a dust sand flag transported out of deserts over continental and oceanic surfaces North Africa and adjacent seas The night sea test is based on the Sahara Dust Index using M12 M15 M16 Merchant et al 2006 The daytime tests are based on the MI M5 ratio and M5 texture with adjacent M pixels and Bt differences M12 M15 M16 M15 M14 M15 Page 189 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 not applied for night land input output type debug idbg type box id INTENT inout box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type pix_info pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data pix viirs observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_thres INTENT in thres integer 2 CT type maia_CMa
14. Input output type viirs_sdr intent in x integer intent out err integer intent out nchannels npixels nlines nscans ngranules subroutine viirs_edr_img_load bandname x filenames err channels geolocfile no_geo clean Page 169 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 Loads and pre process all VIRS data for a given Band according to options returns x If only one filename it will be used for all channels If channels is present then corresponding channels will be read if not all channels of given Band are read from one file or from the list of files If no_geo is present and false or not present geolocation file is loaded from geolocfile if present or from the root attribute N_GEO_Ref but same directory as filenames 1 Then geolocation is processed Input output character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB type viirs_edr_img intent inout x character len intent in filenames Name of file one for all or one per channel integer intent out err integer optional intent in channels if present the list of channels character len optional intent in geolocfile file name for geolocation logical optional intent in no_geo if TRUE geolocation is not loaded logical optional intent in clean if TRUE remove unsed arrays subroutine viirs_edr_img_info x nchann
15. NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 3 6 1 NOAA archived data 4 HIRS NOAA D N Fes NOAA Mb 7 AMSUBOrMHS N AVHRR NOAA Mb N archive j archive NOAA tb archive _ N adive Pre processing step1 Pre processing step1 Pre processing step1 Convert AVHRR NOAA lb to atovin atovin atovin AVHRR AAPP lb hrpt1b_noaa a F S a AMSUBorMHS N as __HIRS eT Me D AMSUA AAPP lic APPR C _AVHPR AAPP Ia gt Y y Pre processing step2 Calibration atovpp avhrcl C HIRS AAPP lid _ gt C _ AVHRR AAPP lb 2 Y AVHRR mapping Cloud mask In AAPP the AVHRR file is named with the hrpt word avh2hirs In AAPP MHS lc data are in a file named with the amsub word In this figure the creation of a HIRS I1d file is shown With the same chain AMSUA Id MHS Id or IASI 1d can be created But with no cloud mask for those data e AVHRR mapping and cloud mask is only available for HIRS not for AMSUA MHS or IASI C HIRS AAPP lid gt Figure 3 11 Chain for treating archived NOAA data 4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 1 SOFTWARE MAIN COMPONENTS 4 1 1 Main module for direct readout of NOAA satellites AAPP RUN NOAA script This module allows the user to link up the different steps of AAPP It receives as input the absolute pathname of the HRPT data file and the year of the dat
16. e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 12 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libamsubcl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF amsub by the installation script AMSUB_CLCOEFS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains the values of the AMSU B secondary coefficients used in calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e AMSU B of NOAAI5 AMSU B PFM DATA ID of instrument gt 4 e AMSU B of NOAA16 AMSU B FM2 DATA ID of instrument gt 8 e AMSU B of NOAA17 AMSU B FM3 DATA ID of instrument gt 12 This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launching The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 13 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libamsubcl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF amsub by the installation script AMSUB_BIAS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains the values of the AMSU B bias correction for NOAAI5 Associated with log
17. ese see rene 19 FIGURE 3 5 FIRST STEPS FOR TREATING METOP DATA ATOVS PART 19 FIGURE 3 6 SECOND STEPS FOR TREATING METOP DATA ATOVS PART oo esse see esse esse see see ee 20 FIGURE 3 7 FIRST STEPS FOR TREATING METOP DATA IASI PART 21 FIGURE 3 8 PRE PROCESSING STEPS FOR METOP DATA iii 22 FIGURE 3 9 CHAIN FOR TREATING METOP ATOVS DATA RECEIVED VIA EUMETCAST 23 FIGURE 3 10 CHAIN FOR TREATING METOP AVHRR HIRS DATA RECEIVED VIA EUMETCAST MEE SE AE RE hs AIR ER ER EA AE ts ol 24 FIGURE 3 11 CHAIN FOR TREATING ARCHIVED NOAA DATA esse ne 25 FIGURE 4 1 FLOW CHART ON THE COMPONENTS OF THE TBUSING MODULE 28 FIGURE 4 2 FLOW CHART ON THE SATPOST MODULE COMPONENTS ese ese ese see see ee 30 FIGURE 4 3 FLOW CHART ON THE COMPONENTS OF THE TLEING MODULE 32 FIGURE 4 4 FLOW CHART ON THE SATPOSTLE MODULE COMPONENTS esse esse esse see see ee 34 FIGURE 4 5 FLOW CHART ON THE COMPONENTS OF THE SPMING MODULE 36 FIGURE 4 6 FLOW CHART ON THE SATPOSSPM MODULE COMPONENTS esse sees esse see see see ee 38 FIGURE 4 7 DECOMMUTATION AND HRPTDC MODULE HIERARCHY see see see ese ee see ee ee 40 FIGURE 4 8 ATOVDC COMPONENTS HIERARCHY een 41 FIGURE 4 9 AVHRDC COMPONENTS HIERARCHY ees esse ese ese sees see ese ee ee see see see ese ee eke see ede see ese ee 42 FIGURE 4 10 GENERAL FLOW CHART ON THE LOCATION MODULE COMPONENTS HIRSCL MSUCL AMSUNCL MHSCL AVHRCL sise
18. print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 6 Inputs outputs for SPMING navigation initialisation Inputs ADMIN Page 118 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 ADMIN file in CCSDS binary format That file contains the METOP Administrative packet that after decoding and conversion to ASCII will be stored in the navigation data directories for further use by satposspm Outputs SPM_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT SPM bulletin yyyy year mm month dd day hh hour mn minute Located in the directory DIR_ NAVIGATION spm_db or orb_elem yyyy mm yyyymmdd hhmn is the date and time of reception of the bulletin Bulletins are classified by year and month of reception SPM_MXX INDEX Historical SPM index file for orbital parameters associated with a specific satellite xx satellite number Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION spm_ db or orb_elem The first line header line contains the name of the satellite Each following line contains epoch time in the CNES julian days day 0 01 01 50 00h order number quality flag zero is good data orbit number extrapolation errors of position km day 2 values forward and backward the time string dd mm yy hh mm ss sss and the name of the SPM file full name SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Standard error output The commands print
19. a NMSUBorMHS N C a D HIRS AAPP lib gt AMSUA AAPP ID gt AAPP Hb Pre processing step1 Pre processing step1 Pre processing step1 atovin atovin atovin p 7 le AMSUB MHS C HIRS AAPP lc D AMSUA AAPP lic D es AAPP lic P y Pre processing step2 atovpp C AVHRR AAPP Itb gt C HIRS AAPP id k AVHRR mapping Cloud mask avh2hirs In AAPP the AVHRR file is named with the hrpt word In AAPP MHS lc data are in a file named with the amsub word C HIRS AAPP nd In this figure the creation of a HIRS I1d file is shown With the same chain AMSUA I1d MHS lid or IASI I1d can be created But with no cloud mask for those data AVHRR mapping and cloud mask is only available for HIRS not for AMSUA MHS or IASI Figure 3 3 Pre processing steps for NOAA data 3 5 DIRECT READOUT OF METOP SATELLITE DATA For METOP direct readout the interface to AAPP is at EPS Level 0 i e the HRPT reception system is assumed to have the capability of receiving the METOP AHRPT data stream and converting to EPS level 0 format as defined by EUMETSAT 25 In this format the various instruments are delivered as separate files therefore there is no need for a decommutation task Software tools are supplied within the metop tools section of AAPP to convert EPS level 0 format to AAPP level 1a format Ca
20. cwv specific humidity on levels g g surface pressure hpa total water vapor content g cm2 cm maia_Cal_WaterIndex F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cal_WaterIndex wl xsal nr ni Correction to be applied to the index of refraction and to the extinction coefficients of the pure water to obtain the ocean water one see for example Friedman By default a typical sea water is assumed Salinity 34 3ppt Chlorinity 19ppt as reported by Sverdrup In that case there is no correction for the extinction coefficient between 0 25 and 4 microns For the index of refraction a correction of 0 006 has to be applied McLellan For a chlorinity of 19 0ppt the correction is a linear function of the salt concentration Then in 6S users are able to enter the salt concentration in ppt REFERENCES Friedman D Applied Optics 1969 Vol 8 No 10 pp 2073 2078 McLellan H J Elements of physical Oceanography Pergamon Press Inc New York 1965 p 129 Sverdrup H V et al The Oceans Prentice Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs N J 1942 p 173 input xsal salinity in ppt if xsal lt O then 34 3ppt by default output ni extinction coefficient of sea water input output REAL INTENT in wl xsal REAL INTENT out nr ni maia_Cloud_Mask F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cloud_Mask idbg box pix_id pix thres CMa Cloud mask tm 0 tm 1 tm 2 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box
21. input output type debug INTENTC in idbg Type field info INTENT n field_id type pix_info intent in pix_id infos at the pixel character len 6 intent in clim_id type clim field intent out clim subroutine read_data05_h5 idbg file id clim_id nbline latdeb data status Subroutine to read to HDF S file input output type debug INTENT in idbg INTEGER HID_T INTENT IN file id file identifier character len 6 intent in clim_id INTEGER INTENTAN nbline latdeb INTEGER INTENT OUT data 7200 nbline INTEGER INTENT OUT status maia_Read_GribApi F90 subroutine maia_Read_GribApi idbg iuforecast bg all_ok grib units are Tempe K Relative Humidity precipitable water kg m2 Pressure Pa Altitude m land sea O sea l land input output type debug INTENT in idbg INTEGER intent in iuforecast input logical unit type nwp field INTENT out bg forecast field information LOGICAL intent out all_ok true if all fields found maia_Read_PrevConst F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Read_PrevConst idbg bg Page 195 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Read the NWP constant parameters in GRIB API format Units are Altitude m land sea 0 sea 1 land input output type debug INTENT in idbg type nwp_field INTENT inout b
22. AAPP Version 7 Top Level Design document NWPSAF MO DS 011 distributed with AAPP 31 EPS Programme Generic Product Format Specification document EPS GGS SPE 96167 available from www eumetsat int 32 EPS MetOp Technical Note on Orbit Prediction Conzalo Garcia Julian Miguel M Romany Merino GMSA SA 1997 33 Annex to AAPP scientific documentation Pre processing of ATMS and CrIS document NWPSAF MO UD 027 distributed with AAPP 34 IASI Principal Components in AAPP User Manual document NWPSAF MO UD 022 distributed with AAPP 35 MAIA AVHRR Cloud Mask and Classification L Lavanant document MF DP CMS R amp D MAIA3 2002 available at www meteorologie eu org ici maia maia3 pdf 36 NPOESS Common Data Format Control Book External volumes I to VIIL available at http jointmission gsfc nasa gov science documents html 37 Annex to AAPP scientific documentation Pre processing of ATMS and CrIS document NWPSAF MO UD 027 38 VIIRS CrIS mapping document NWPSAF MF UD 011 2 2 TERMINOLOGY AAPP ATOVS and AVHRR Pre processing Package ADC Analog to Digital Converter AIP AMSU Information Processor AMSU Advanced Microwave Sounding Unit ANA Automatic Navigation Adjustment ARGOS Name of the orbital bulletin emitted by CLS ARGOS Ascending node HNA equator satellite crossing when it comes from south pole ATMS Advanced Technology Microwav
23. INTENT inout CMa maia_Flag_ThinCirrus F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Flag_ThinCirrus idbg box pix_id pix CMa Thin_Cirrus_flag Determines a thin cirrus flag The tests consist of a brightness temperature difference threshold test in M15 M16 at night and a reflectance threshold tests using band 13 in the daytime input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type pix_info INTENT in pix id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_CMa INTENT in CMa integer INTENT out Thin_Cirrus_flag maia_Flag_VolcanAsh F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Flag_VolcanAsh idbg box pix pix_id thres Cma Determines aV olcanic Ash flag input output type debug idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type pix_info pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_ data pix viirs observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT inout CMa maia_GetClim F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetClim idbg box clim Albedo outside the box array will have a value of 20 SST outside the box array will have a value of Oc over coast and OK over sea input output type debug INTENT inout idbg type b
24. Tb in K real INTENT in Reflec_37 Thres87_108 Thres13 logical intent out cirrus SUBROUTINE temp2rad temp rad maia_ConfTest F90 SUBROUTINE maia_ConfTest idbg value s_cld s_mid s_cl confident_clear individual clear confidence level from 1 clear to 0 cloudy input output type debug INTENT in idbg REAL INTENT in value REAL INTENT in s cld s mid s_cl REAL INTENT out confident_clear maia_Fill_Input F90 subroutine maia_Fill_Input_Virrs idbg pix lig field_1b field_I pixel_id pixel box input output type debug intent in idbg integer intent in pix lig Type field intent in field_1b Type field intent in field_I type pix_info intent out pixel_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data intent out pixel pixel observations albedo in Tb in K type box id intent out box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box subroutine maia_Fill_Input_Avhrr idbg pix lig field_1b pixel_id pixel box Page 187 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 input output type debug intent in idbg integer intent in pix lig Type field intent in field_1b type pix_info intent out pixel_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data intent out pixel pixel
25. iterations cartesian coordinates Rg into geographic coordinates lat lon alt Satellite altitude is determined from the last computed position TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING h_loc updates navigation parameters and quality controls within the level 1b file hd1bnav updates navigation parameters within the level 1b file 4 1 11 HIRS calibration modules first algorithm HIRSCL script and HIRSCL EXE See also reference manual pages libhrscal 3 Page 48 202 NWP SAF AAPP DOCUMENTATION SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dat Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 Version 7 6 06 May 2015 h_loc h_linlin hclin hclsetu hd1bnav h_cinit h instrtest h scanpos h iwtrad h interslop h_gtmean h_upcommon2 h stat hl bwrt ME De ke h_iwttmp h_upcommon1 et def_att calatt clkerr_get sp_read D nav 1blin 7 h_calibcoeffile h_testcoeffile h_linecount h_orderch h_limit i h_cntstat S ee h_prtstat x h_prtsum h_orderch gp_bse gp bcl h orderch gp bcl xiqi Figure 4 11 Flow chart on the HIRSCL module components Page 49 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines o
26. maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CT INTENT out CT maia_CT_day F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CT_day idbg box pix_id pix thres CT Set Cloud Type in day condition input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix data INTENT in i pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type pix_info INTENT in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CT INTENT out CT maia_CT_night F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CT_night idbg box pix id pix thres CT Set Cloud Type in night condition input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type pix info INTENT in pix id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CT INTENT out EF ct maia_Cal_AtmCorrVis F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cal_AtmCorrVis idbg box thvis AO Al A2 ic computes the coefficients used in the simulation of channels 0 65 0 86 or 1 6 micron 6S version 4 was used to compute the tables uses a continental aerosol of 35 km visibility input output INTEGER INTENT in ic type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at t
27. the channel and the viewing conditions input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box REAL INTENT out rnadtormes maia_SST F90 computes the sea skin surface temperature tempsurfm SST in K input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix REAL INTENT in TSclim climatological value of SST K REAL INTENT out SST maia_Snowlce_surf F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Snowlce_ surf idbg box pix snowice_surf input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box type pix data INTENT in pix integer INTENT out snowice_surf Page 197 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 maia_Thres_reset F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Thres_reset idbg thres input output type debug INTENT in idbg type maia_thres INTENT inout thres maia_ValMin F90 subroutine maia_ValMin idbg tab valmang valmin computation of min value on the tab s missing values are not used input output type debug INTENT inout real intent in tab nx ny real intent in valmanq real intent out valmin subroutine maia_ValMin2 idbg tab Nb_pixels Nb_Lines valmanq valmin computation of min value on the tab s missing values ar
28. 2 Inputs outputs for TBUSING navigation initialisation e esse see see se se ee ke ke ee Re ee ee ee 116 4 2 3 Inputs outputs for GET TLE navigation initialization iese sesse esse see see see ee ee ke ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 117 4 2 4 Inputs outputs for GET TAT UT1 UTC navigation tool ss 117 4 2 5 Inputs outputs for TLEING navigation initialisation esse ee see se se ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 118 4 2 6 Inputs outputs for SPMING navigation initialisation sees see see se se ee ke ke ee ee ee ee ee 118 4 2 7 Inputs outputs for SATPOST navigation initialisation Re ee ee ee 119 4 2 8 Inputs outputs for SATPOSTLE navigation initialisation ee ee ee ee ee 120 4 2 9 Inputs outputs for SATPOSSPM navigation initialisation ee Re ee ee ee 121 4 2 10 Inputs outputs for decommutation DECOMMUTATION ss 122 4 2 11 Inputs outputs EPS level 0 format to AAPP level 1a format 123 4 2 12 Inputs outputs ATOVS and AVHRR navigation HIRSCL HIRSCL_ALGOV4 MSUCL AMSUACL AMSUBCL MHSCL AVHRCL siennes 124 4 2 13 Inputs outputs HIRS calibration first algorithm HIRSCL eee ee esse ees ee sees ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 125 4 2 14 Inputs outputs HIRS calibration algorithm version 4 part 1 HCALCB1_ALGOVA4 126 4 2 15 Inputs outputs HIRS calibration algorithm version 4 part 2 HIRSCL_ALGOVA4
29. Be eg ee a r Re Be ee se ED Ee Re sie hs 166 43 A9mmarm MmalT EKEN RS Ee Ge Se ES N EEEE ge E Gere Men nent ini sen nine se 166 4 3 50 print mmam Obt ute pls De se Ee geseg SES Ee seg ge Re Reg tay st dd eb ee Ee dede Hebi 167 4 3 51 patch level0 from mmam exe ee Re ee raK ee ee Re ke ee ee Re ee ee ee 167 4 5 32 cats pint EE EE EE se eg Ee EG OE ee EE Ge Ge Ee De ba E ee tite eg di Ee sak eg 167 4 4 VIIRS tools and MATAA esse see sesse ese see sesse Ee Se Se EE Ee EE EE Be Ee RE EE EE BE Ee EE Ee RE ee EE ee Ee Ee EE ee Re ee esaeas 167 4 4 1 Decode and concatenate Sensor Data Record granule files for VIIRS 000 0 see se se ee ee ee ee 167 4 4 2 Decode EDR IMG granule files for VIIRS sens 168 4 4 3 The Fortran90 id sies AS EE OE EE OO EE E 169 4 4 4 MAIAv4 CLOUD MASK Run MATAV4 on VIIRS SDR files esse ese see esse ese ese ee ee ee ee ee 173 4 4 5 VIRS to CriS Mapping ereire Ee Ee ego Bees boge Se ge A Ee EA ee ge ge te ne enter A Ke SORG ut Ese EER ED Ge Pe 201 Figures FIGURE 3 1 FIRST STEPS FOR TREATING NOAA DATA esse ese esse sees see see esse ese eed ee ee ee ese ese ee ee ee ee 16 FIGURE 3 2 SECOND STEPS FOR TREATING NOAA DATA ees see see ese esse esse ees see seke ee ee ese ee ee ee ee 17 FIGURE 3 3 PRE PROCESSING STEPS FOR NOAA DATA esse se esse ese esse ese ese ese ee see seke see ede ee see ee 18 FIGURE 3 4 PERIODICAL STEP FOR TREATING METOP DATA
30. DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 Inputs WEB SITE FOR TAI UI UTC AND POLAR MOTION e URLs are defined in the ATOVS_ENV6 or ATOVS_ENV7 parameter file Outputs FINALS2000A DATA e Polar motion and UTC UT1 values observed and forecast stored under directory DIR_DATA_TAI_UT _UTC TAI UTC DAT e TAI UTC time difference stored under DIR_DATA_TAI_UT1_UTC 4 2 5 Inputs outputs for TLEING navigation initialisation Inputs TLE_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT TLE bulletin yyyy year mm month dd day hh hour mn minute Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION tle_db or orb_elem yyyy mm yyyymmdd hhmn is the date and time of reception of the bulletin Bulletins are classified by year and month of reception More details are given in tle 5 Outputs TLE_NOAAXX INDEX Historical TLE index file for orbital parameters associated with a specific satellite xx satellite number Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION tle_db or orb_elem The first line header line contains the NOAA name of the satellite Each following line contains epoch time in the CNES julian days day 0 01 01 50 00h quality flag zero is good data orbit number extrapolation errors of position km day 2 values forward and backward the time string dd mm yy hh mm ss sss and the name of the TLE file full name More details are given in de 5 SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Standard error output The commands
31. EXE If ATMS is input run ATMS BEAMWIDTH script in order to modify the ATMS file atms llc according to the required beamwidth specification ATOVPP EXE identifies and flags data contaminated by precipitation and maps data of one sounder to the grid of another e g HIRS AMSU A AMSU B to HIRS grid AMSU A AMSU B to AMSU B grid AMSU A MHS to IASI grid ATMS to CRIS grid Mapping is the process of calculating a representative value for the data of one instrument the mapping instrument at the location of a field of view fov of a second instrument the target instrument The process of mapping can be considered as three separate steps Pre processing sets quality flags for mapping fovs precipitation Colocation identifies mapping fovs close to the target fov using Look Up Tables LUT Estimation calculates representative values weights of the mapping data at the target fov using results of the colocation The fields of view of the two instruments create a pattern that repeats at regular intervals This pattern is derived and then stored within a LUT which provides the location information After processing data become level 1d data If you need to generate output products at different ATMS resolutions be sure to take a copy of the original level Ic file TASK 1 INITIALISATION Page 74 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015
32. One file for all the satellites with 1 section for each C1 and C2 constants used in the function of Planck are the same for all the satellites This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch e When the range of values are too strict and excludes too many values that s why sometime there is no calibration for a channel So modification of these values is needed For example lighting conditions of the satellite change according to the season This phenomenon induces variations in the observed numerical counts e g NOAA12 in May and September Page 125 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 12 see hirscl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libhirscl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF hirs by the installation script TESTCOEF DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Contains the values of the parameters used in calibration tests Self documented lines of comments begin with Common values for all the satellites The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 13 see hirscl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libhirscl a
33. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 USER INPUT PARAMETERS FOR MAIA4 IN ATOVS ENV DIR_FORECAST source directory of the forecast The forecast file default pattern is YY YYMM YYYYMMDDHHMN ECH surface constant file YY YYMM Y YY YMMDDHHMN CST GRIB with parameters Geometrical height and Land sea mask MAIA4_USE_GFS if equal to yes GFS is used MAIA4 REMOTE_GFS_DIR URL where GFS files can be downloaded default value is http jpssdb ssec wisc edu cspp_v_2_O ancillary If MAIA4_USE_GFS yes the forecast file pattern is YYYY MM DD CCC gfs press gr Op5deg pt YYYYMMDD HH ECH npoess grib2 Those files are downloaded from MAIA4_REMOTE_GFS_DIR if not present in the DIR FORECAST directory DIR FORECAST can be common with the CSPP EDR ancillary data directory CSPP_EDR_HOME anc cache NFORPERDAY number of forecasts per day 2 or 4 4 by default DIR MAIA4 THRESHOLDS directory of the MAIA4 thresholds by default AAPP_PREFIX AAPP data_maia4 thresholds DIR_MAIA4_ATLAS directory of the MAIA4 atlas topography files by default AAPP_PREFIX AAPP data_maia4 atlas PAR_MAIA4_ COMPRESS compression of viiCT files 0 no compression 1 compression MAIA4 box sizes MAP_BOX_PSIZE box size for environment in pixel default value 16 MAP_BOX_LSIZE box size for environment in line default value 16 LOCAL BOX NPB local box size for variance in pixel default value 3 LOCAL BOX NLB local box size for vari
34. Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains the values of the AMSU A secondary coefficients used in calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e AMSU A1 of NOAA15 AMSU A1 FM1 DATA ID of instrument gt 9 e AMSU A2 of NOAA15 AMSU A2 PEM DATA ID of instrument gt 6 e AMSU A1 of NOAA16 AMSU A1 PEM DATA ID of instrument gt 5 e AMSU A2 of NOAAI6 AMSU A2 FM1 DATA ID of instrument gt 10 This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Page 130 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Associated with logical unit 13 see amsuacl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libamsuacl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF amsua by the installation script Outputs AMSU A LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named aman l1b File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN amsuallb_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN 11b Compared to level 1a structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 11 see amsuacl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation MONAMSUA TXT Format
35. a for AMSU A b for AMSU B and h for HIRS and with m added for TOVS data TASK 6 HEADER WRITING TO LEVEL 1D FILES PPFINISH Page 89 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 pphouthm ioh1dm pphouth ioh1d ppaouth ioa1id ppbouth ppfinish iob1d ppipcouth ppiouth ioi1d ppatouth ioatid ppcouth ioc1d Figure 4 28 PPFINISH modules hierarchy This task writes out level 1d headers for each instrument The main ppfinish calls one different subroutine for each instrument 1 HIRS TOVS or ATOVS pphouth or pphoutm 2 AMSU A ppaouth 3 AMSU B ppbouth 4 IASI ppiouth 5 ATMS ppatouth 6 CrIS ppcouth Page 90 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 The subroutines pphouthm pphouth ppaouth ppbouth ppiouth ppatouth and ppcouth have the same structure set up the level 1d header using information from level 1c headers Check that the format version number and data type level 1c header has already been read into common xxxlchd Check that format of level 1c amp level 1d include files xxx c h xxxld h are compatible with the code of this subroutine xxx hrs for HIRS ama for AMSU A amb for AMSU B and iasi for IASI Check th
36. and backward the time string dd mm yy hh mmi ss sss and the name of the TBUS file full name More details are given in tbus 5 CLKERR_NOAAXX TXT Clock drift data file ASCII for each satellite xx satellite number Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION tbus_db or orb_elem The first line header line contains the NOAA name of the satellite The second line has the name of the fieldspresent in the following lines Each data line contains an identification code cerr last next rate and plus bias for NOAA16 the date in CNES Julian days day 0 01 01 50 OOh the value of cerr or last in seconds or rate in ms day or bias in seconds More details are given in clockerror 5 SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named tbusing log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 3 Inputs outputs for GET_TLE navigation initialization get_tle retrieves the 2 Line orbital elements from a web site Inputs WEB SITE FOR 2 LINE ELEMENTS e URL user password are defined in the ATOVS_ENV6 or ATOVS_ENV7 parameter file Outputs TLE_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT e 2 Line elements retrieved on yyyymmdd at hh mn 4 2 4 Inputs outputs for GET TAI UT1 UTC navigation tool get_tai_ut1_utc retrieves time conversion and polar motion values from a reference web site Page 117 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE
37. and the statistic file monmhs txt if requested It opens and reads the MHS level la file the data are ranged in commons mhs_1bhd include mhsIb h header and scan include mhsscn h data mhssetu checks the satellite Id and data and then sets some control flags mhs_initcl opens reads and closes the mhs_clparams dat file containing the useful parameters for calibration The data are arranged in the common mhs_clcoef include mhs_cinit h mhs_initcl opens reads and closes the mhs_clcoefs dat file containing the values of the secondary calibration coefficients The data are arranged in the common mhs_tstcf include mhs_cinit h Quality control flags are updated mhs_status determines if the instrument is OK and sets flags according to the results checks scan lines quality checks space viewing antenna positions checks calibration counts and channels If not OK calibration coefficients are not computed for the bad scan line TASK 2 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The result of this task is the primary calibration coefficient for each sounding channel mhs_antpos checks if the antenna pointing of the AMSU Earth view is not outside of the specified threshold mhs_moon calculates the angles between the Moon and the MHS space views for all scans based on astronomical formulae mhs_smpmn gets calibration samples and computes the mean If any of the space samples are within a pre defined angle to the Moon they are excluded f
38. array calibcoef for each sounding channel and each scan line HIRSCL calls many routines h_scanpos for each scan line of each channel checks the 56 encoder positions quality bit 31 is checked and keeps the numbers of lines of the calibration cycles space lines array splintab and internal warm target array iwtlintab h_scanpos checks if the calibration cycle is full or not and sets up the variable calib number of calibration cycle full If calib equals zero processing goes directly to the task 3 h_cntmn for each calibration cycle of the orbit for each space and internal warm target lines registered during an orbit and for each channel filters numerical counts CN and computes the CN mean Those values are stored in arrays spcntmn space and iwtcntmn internal warm target h_iwttmp for each calibration cycle calculates the internal warm target IWT temperature It computes the mean of a sample of PRT reading from the internal warm target scan line and from a specified number of scan lines before the IWT scan line and another specified number of scan lines after the IWT scan line h_iwttmp tests the difference between the maximum PRT readings value and the minimum one which must be inferior to a limit before being used in the mean calculation PRT readings means are converted to temperatures The final IWT temperature is computed by averaging the temperature from the 4 individual active PRTs array iwttmp The quality control
39. being the least significant bit Some platforms Page 71 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 take bit 31 as the low significant bit Here we explicitly define the order of bits that we use to keep the code portable The subroutine infdf reads the following data e list of satellite Ids NESDIS NOAA amp WMO code e nominal satellite heights amp orbit periods e AMSU A amp B and MHS antenna efficiencies for antenna corrections 5 e MHS antenna reflectivity factors for scan dependent correction also available for AMSU B if required This task returns to atovin instruments to process files logical units and initialised variables needed for processing TASK 2 CALIBRATION OF INSTRUMENT TO PROCESS This task performs the following functions data are to be processed one instrument at a time and one scan line at a time e itreads Earth located counts and calibration in level 1B format for each instrument separately HIRS AMSU A AMSU B MHS MSU it applies the calibration coefficients and converts radiances to brightness temperature it corrects AMSU A amp B and MHS radiances for antenna effects e it performs quality control including e to check that the data set increments consistently in time level 1b data should already have this attribute and problem detected here indicates a problem with an earlier processing module e to ch
40. channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 13 std clear AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 Important note In the delivered versions of AAPP the mode 1 is inactive because the variable mode is set to 2 in the AVH2HIRS and AVH2HIRS ATOVS codes If you set the variable mode to 1 only the 6 output parameters are well filled numbers 2 3 4 5 6 and 12 The flag clear or not clear is not initialisated so no mean of clear pixels can be computed oo I NN FP ND First for each target line av map maia 2 calculates the line number relative to the look up table from lutmap and then calculates a mapping line offset between the mapping LUT line and the level 1c mapping line For each target fov of the line it determines the co located AVHRR fovs For each co located AVHRR fovs it sums AVHRR albedo brightness temperatures for the 13 HIRS level 1d parameters to set up Those 13 parameters are then computed and stored in the data mapping array targ_bts A quality control is performed for the line and the result is stored in the array targ ge TASK 3 MAPPING IN MODE 2 LOCAL This task is performed by the subroutine av map maia 2 First for each target line it calculates the line number relative to the look up table from lutmap and then calculates a mapping line offset between the mapping LUT line and the level 1b mapping line For all target fovs in the line it creates three box arrays pixels x lines for AVHRR bright
41. clear K 100 3 Tskin used from climatology or forecast K 100 4 CWV used from AMSU forecast or climatology K 100 5 surface altitude m 100 6 surface type O sea 1 mixed 2 land 7 cloud type 0 non processed containing no data or corrupted data 1 cloud free land no contamination by snow ice covered surface no contamination by clouds but contamination by thin dust volcanic clouds not checked 2 cloud free sea no contamination by snow ice covered surface no contamination by clouds but contamination by thin dust volcanic clouds not checked 3 land contaminated by snow 4 sea contaminated by snow ice 5 very low and cumuliform clouds 6 very low and stratiform clouds 7 low and cumuliform clouds 8 low and stratiform clouds 9 medium and cumuliform clouds 10 medium and stratiform clouds 11 high opaque and cumuliform clouds 12 high opaque and stratiform clouds 13 very high opaque and cumuliform clouds 14 very high opaque and stratiform clouds 15 high semitransparent thin clouds 16 high semitransparent meanly thick clouds 17 high semitransparent thick clouds 18 high semitransparent above low or medium clouds 19 fractional clouds sub pixel water clouds 20 undefined undefined by CMa 8 black body flag 1 black body 9 top cloud temperature if black body degK 100 10 reflexion speculaire dcj Page 104 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 1
42. cntstat algoV4 h median algoV4 hclsetu_algoV4 h_iwtimp_algoV4 J h_iwtrad_algoV4 l h_cntmn_algoV4 h_BBinterslop_algoV4 l iy h_BBslopcontrol_algoV4 h slope algoV4 h_sstemp_algoV4 l h__intercept_algoV4 hirscl_algoV4 h__write_histo_algoV4 h__gtbimean_algoV4 h upcommon1 algoV4 l h upcommon2 algoV4 l hl1bwrt_algov4 l hclexit_algoV4 l Figure 4 12 Flow chart on the HIRSCL_ALGOV4 module components To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines or functions of the libf7ml libsatid libf7gp libf7tp libraries have not been written Page 52 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 This version of the HIRS calibration doesn t work for the pre NOAA K satellites hirscl_algoV4 requires HIRS level la calcoef_algoV4 dat testcoef algoV4 dat and hirs_blaslope txt resource files TASK 1 CREATE THE HIRS B1ASLOPE TXT FILE The user chooses a reference date time a number of hours and the B1 coefficients and the average slopes will be computed using data of the period defined by the reference date time the number of hours the reference date time The reference date time is the input arguments of the script hcalcbl algoV4 Note that AAPP_RUN calls the script hcalcb
43. conditions of the run Exit codes 0 normal end 1 bad input parameters input data usage 2 bad output code for maia exe 4 3 18 Description of the script MAIA3 RUN KSH This script is invoked as maia3 run file name where file name is the full pathname of the input hrpt avhrr 1b file default WRK hrpt 11b This script calls the scripts avhrrin maia3 see above 4 3 19 Description of the script EPS AVHRRL1B MAIN This script is invoked as follows aapp eps_avhrrllb avhrr 11b avhrr pfs Where avhrr lib is a calibrated and navigated avhrr AAPP file The name of the ouput PFS file is optional if it is not passed as an argument then the program will use the standard PFS filename 4 3 20 Description of the script EPS CONVERT_IASIL1C This script is invoked as convert_iasilc iasi pfs_iasi llc where pfs_iasillc is the IASI file at level 1c PFS format 4 3 21 Description of the script NOAA CLASS TO AAPP This script is invoked as noaa_class_to_aapp inputfile outputfile where inputfile is the NOAA CLASS file to be converted in NOAA naming convention e g NSS HIRX N A P D 4 3 22 Description of the script AVHRR_AAPP_TO CLASS This script is invoked as avhrr_aapp_to_class inputfile outputfile where inputfile is the AAPP AVHRR level 1b file to be converted 4 3 23 Description of the script SATPOS SVM This script is invoked as satpos svm satpos txt xxxx_SVM_ Page 158 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION D
44. contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line The size of the record 22016 bytes does not respect 1B NOAA size see appendix A No missing line different from NOAA format Each data record contains counts time calibration coefficients lat long housekeeping information quality control information Associated with logical unit 11 see avh2hirs ksh Located in the directory WRK To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files TIME AND ANGLE CORRECTION FILE Sequential file in ASCII text including time and angle corrections for mapping Named cor_nxx dat xx satellite number cor_n12 dat cor_n14 dat cor_n15 dat cor_n16 dat Contains optional corrections and adjustments for mapping used by lutmap Zeros are used by default To get the details of the files see modules avh2hirs or avh2hirs_atovs that read the file Associated with a constant logical unit lucor 50 xx xx satellite number Located in the directory AAPP src preproc libavh2hirs_maia_2 1 and copied into the directory DIR_PREPROC by the installation script ALBEDO SEA SURFACE TEMPERATURE SST AND SPECIFIC HUMIDITIES WV CLIMATOLOGIC FILES Binary file direct access Monthly climatologix files Named atlas_albedo_ MM dat for albedo files atlas_sst_ MM dat for SST atlas_wv_ MM dat for WV with MM month Unit of the albedo is 100 Unit of the SST is Celsius 100 Unit of the specific humidity profiles i
45. data file This curve represents the expected difference Kelvin between the MSU brightness temperature of each HIRS fov and the one at nadir There are two curves one for the land and one for the sea The aim is to help MSU mapping to HIRS see Page 82 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 scientific documentation These curves are defined for each channel and for each HIRS scan angle They are subtracted from MSU brightness temperatures at the MSU fovs before mapping and added back at the HIRS fovs after mapping This may reduce errors in the mapping The subroutine ppmcorr called at the end of the MSU pre processing is a dummy routine doing nothing presently It will correct limb effects and surface emissivity For AMSU B data during the pre processing step ppamsubl a median filter median is applied to the 89GHz channel to detect spikes which may reveal contaminated data e g due to scattering The central fov of the 3x3 box is flagged if it differs by more than 10K Note that we do not act on this flag in mapping AMSU A to AMSU B The subroutine ppbcorr called during the AMSU B pre processing is a dummy routine that does nothing It will correct limb effects and surface emissivity A more important pre processing is applied to AMSU A data ppamsual Note that some pre processing on the AMSU A grid uses mapped brightness temperatures from AMSU B This
46. gstatc it initialises the station coordinates latitude longitude altitude from the file Stations txt directory DIR STATIONS defined in ATOVS_ENV and then converts them into Greenwich Cartesian coordinates satpostle returns information on standard output TASK 3 POSITION CALCULATIONS FOR ALL THE STEPS tle_satpos does this task It calculates the satellite position The calculations are made since the start date during several days with a time increment It begins by initialising the sgp4 sdp4 model with the current TLE For each time the following calculations are performed calculation loop the satellite position and velocity in the inertial reference frame using the sgp4 sdp4 extrapolation model conversion into a Greenwich reference frame pvtemegrw orbit number deduced from the z component visibility from the station including refraction trackang satellite in daylight or nighttime conditions if the satellite is seen from the station sungrw sunsat It writes the results on the standard output tle_satpos calls others subroutines to initiate variables useful to sgp model e tle fnode calculates nodal period time interval between 2 successive ascending nodes and ascending node time of the first orbit after the TLE date e tle_forb calculates the orbit number for the given date from the nodal period and the initial ascending node time 4 1 6 Satellite and image navigation initialization with SPOT 5 element
47. hrpdidf can be activated with basic information parameters s d h n The i option provides all the basic information about the source hrpt format in only one call Examples hrpidf i hrpt_noaa1419961121_0036_09757 hrp returns noaa14 19961121 0036 09757 hrpidf s hrpt_noaa1419961121_0036_09757 hrp returns only noaal4 4 3 39 Level 1b products identification L1BIDF Usage is l1bidf s d h n t Hi source The t option provides data type of the source in 1b format The i option provides all the basic information about the 1b format source in only one call Examples l1bidf i dcslib noaa1419961121 0036 09757 11b returns noaal4 19961121 0036 09757 des cms llbidf t dcslib noaa1419961121 0036 09757 11b returns only dcs 4 3 40 Level 1c products identification L1CIDF Usage is l1cidf s d h n t Hi source The t option provides data type of the source in 1c format The i option provides all the basic information about the 1c format source in only one call Examples l1cidf i hirsllc noaa1419961121_0036_09757 11c returns noaal4 19961121 0036 09757 hirs cms cms l1cidf t hirsllc noaa1419961121_0036_09757 11c returns only hirs 4 3 41 Level 1d products identification L1DIDF Usage is l1didf s d h n t Hi source The t option provides data type of the source in 1d format Page 163 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWAR
48. in the common c_atlas_t2m If the HIRS level 1d file contain mapped AMSU A data over sea avh2hirs avh2hirs_atovs computes the total water vapor content with channels 23 31 and 50Ghz and fills the common wv_sat Lastly the initialisation of the look up table buffer lutbuf for mapping AVHRR to a HIRS data block 5 lines is performed by calling the subroutine lutmap Then it computes the minimum and maximum AVHRR line numbers for the 5 HIRS lines corresponding to a block of HIRS data Note the following tasks 2 3 process an HIRS block of data Page 93 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 TASK 2 MAPPING IN MODE 1 GAC This task is performed for each HIRS pixel by the subroutine av_map_maia_2 The output parameters are as follows for NESDIS definition from GAC 1 percentage clear AVHRR in HIRS FOV 100 mean AVHRR channel over HIRS FOV albedo 100 mean AVHRR channel 2 over HIRS FOV albedo 100 mean AVHRR channel 3 over HIRS FOV degK 100 mean AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 mean AVHRR channel 5 over HIRS FOV degK 100 mean clear AVHRR channel 1 over HIRS FOV albedo 100 mean clear AVHRR channel 2 over HIRS FOV albedo 100 mean clear AVHRR channel 3 over HIRS FOV degK 100 10 mean clear AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 11 mean clear AVHRR channel 5 over HIRS FOV degK 100 12 std AVHRR
49. include mcinit h m_cinit opens reads and closes m_testcoeffile the restcoef dat file containing useful values and parameters for tests The data are ranged in the common msu_tstcf include mcinit h m_cinit opens the statistic file if requested Two control quality parameters arrays are updated TASK 2 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The result of this task is two calibration coefficient arrays slope intercept for each sounding channel msucl calls many routines m_tgtmp for each scan line computes target 1 temperature and target 2 temperature which are derived respectively from PRT 1A 1B counts Target 1 is viewed by channels 1 and 2 target 2 is viewed by channels 3 and 4 To convert PRT count to temperature requires two steps e Convert count to resistance call m_cntres e Convert resistance to temperature call m_restmp Conversion parameters are tabulated in the calcoef dat file m_tgtmp tests the low tcallo and high tcalli values of the electronic reference points and sets a flag if values are out of limits It tests the temperature calculated with a reference If the difference is higher than a threshold value then reference temperature is kept Final temperature of each IWT is the mean of the two associated PRT temperatures arrays tg and tg2 Two control quality parameters arrays are updated m_tgrad for each scan line converts the target 1 temperature into radiance for MSU channels 1 and 2 array t
50. nav 1blin ctimang hdibnav Figure 4 10 general flow chart on the location module components HIRSCL MSUCL AMSUnCL MHSCL AVHRCL The image navigation converts the line and pixel into latitude and longitude for any pixel of the image The task needs files the level la file of the considered instrument the SATPOS file the CLOCK ERROR file Modules are called for the different tasks Page 46 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 TASK 1 INITIALISATION hclin hclin_algoV4 mclin amaclin ambclin mhsclin avhclin get logical units of the files hclsetu mclsetu amasetu amsubsetu mhssetu avhsetu e Open and read the level 1a file e Open the SATPOS file e sp read reads the SATPOS file and tests if the input starting time is included into the SATPOS file and if the satellite Id and memory are correct e If input attitude is missing call def_att that returns the default attitudes value Those values depend on satellite see satid file Open the CLOCK ERROR file Call calatt that calculates the attitude error matrix for small yaw roll and pitch angles This matrix is allowed to change the reference local orbital coordinates Rv x satellite vertical y normal to x and z z normal to x and to velocity vector coordinates Rs linked to the spacecraft structure e Get clock error data if the level la has not already
51. number of the HRPT minor frame in the orbit AVHRR scan line in the orbit The number of missing HRPT minor frame The satellite identifcation Various dates and times It determines if minor frames contain pre NOAA K data or not from the satellite ID at the first call It removes 2 least significant parity bits TIP AMSU words are 8 bits words HRPT words are 10 bits words It determines if minor frames contain TIP AMSU or backfill data If TIP minor frame if HRPT minor frame number equal to 1 Extracts TIP minor frame counter and TIP major frame counter getmf Extracts time from TIP word in TIP minor frame number 0 tiptim Performs quality controls tipqe Calls the routine hirget that extracts HIRS 3 words If pre NOAA K data calls the routine otiget that extracts HIRS 2 and MSU words Calls the routine desget that extracts DCS words Calls the routine hirout when the HIRS scan line is full If pre NOAA K data calls the routine msuout when the MSU scan line is full Calls the routine dcsout when DCS data is full If AMSU minor frame if HRPT minor frame number equal to 3 Extracts minor frame counter to find good conditions to start Performs quality controls amsuqc Calls the routine amsget that extracts AMSU A1 A2 and B or MHS words Calls the routine amsout when the AMSU scan line is full If HRPT minor frames are missing it fills arrays If TIP minor frame atovde extracts analog housekeeping telemetry data anaget
52. out topo surface topography landsea and elev subroutine Read_LandSea_data idbg file_id_elev nbline latdeb landsea status Purpose Subroutine to read to HDF S file input output Page 196 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 type debug INTENT in idbg INTEGER HID_T INTENT IN file_id_elev file identifier INTEGER INTENT IN nbline latdeb INTEGER INTENT OUT landsea 18000 nbline INTEGER INTENT OUT status subroutine Read_Elev_data idbg file_id nbline latdeb elev status Purpose Subroutine to read to HDF S file input output type debug INTENT in idbg INTEGER HID_T INTENT IN file id file identifier INTEGER INTENT IN nbline latdeb INTEGER INTENT OUT elev 18000 nbline INTEGER INTENT OUT status maia_Read_VISThres F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Read_VISThres thvis_sea thvis_land reflect input output type maia_VISThresTables intent out thvis_sea tabulated threshold type maia_VISThresTables intent out thvis_land tabulated threshold REAL intent out reflect nbreflecsol nbreflecsat nbreflecazi 3 maia ReflRatio ToObs F90 SUBROUTINE maia_ReflRatio_ToObs idbg box rnadtormes compute reflectances ratio after bidirectional effects simulation the ratio of the reflectance simulated for nadir to the measured one is computed knowing the satellite
53. output file name is constructed from the input file name with the suffix changed to bufr The script requires as arguments a list of instrument types corresponding to the input files i e HIRS AMSU A AMSU B MHS IASI PCIASL CRIS ATMS CRISID ATMS1D HIRS1D AMSUBID IASI1D MWTS MWHS IRAS MWTS2 MWHS2 MWTS21D MWHS21D A list of input file names may also be supplied otherwise it assumes defaults hrsn llc aman llc ambn llc etc The following environment variables may be used to define more precisely the encoding BUFR_TABLES directory containing BUFR tables required ORIGINATING_CENTRE for Section 1 default 254 EUMETSAT or 74 for level 1d SUB CENTRE for Section 1 default 0 MESSAGE_SUBTYPE locally defined subtype for section 1 defaults vary with instrument MASTER TABLE version number of master table default 13 or 15 for ATMS CrIS LOCAL_TABLE version number of local table default 0 or 1 for level 1d Page 113 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 CENTRE ID 1b 1c data originating centre for section 4 default 254 EUMETSAT BUFR_EDITION BUFR edition number default 4 ENHANCED_IASI set this to Y to use the day 2 IASI sequence 3 40 007 otherwise defaults to 3 40 001 ATMS_THIN default 1 used to thin ATMS to 1 spot in n and 1 line in n in the BUFR output MWTS2_THIN default 1 used to thin MWTS2 to
54. pages tbusing 1 libtbus 3 tbus 5 clockerror 5 libbrolyd 3 ra O egw clkerr de clkdatnorm TBUSING i Figure 4 1 Flow chart on the components of the TBUSING module Page 28 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc D NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 These modules allow the ingest of TBUS bulletin s They can process one or several satellites option The TBUS file name can be specified option By default all the tbus files which are newer than the last update of the index files corresponding to the satellite list are ingested For each satellite 2 historical files are created or updated e TBUS index file relative to the TBUS orbital parameters Each record contains epoch time quality tbus filename e clock error file contains all the clock error information which has been validated The TBUS epoch may be at any position in the historical files which means that an old TBUS can be inserted in the files To insert new information e clock error and orbital parameter have to be extracted from TBUS resources bulletin e the user chooses files in relation to satellites to treat input configuration e quality controls are made to check new orbit continuity compared to the preceding orbit the brolyd extrapolation model is used and to compare clock errors with the preceding ones TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETERS READING tbusing gets e Home dir
55. parameters array is updated h_iwtrad converts the IWT temperature array iwtrad using the Planck function applying bands correction for each channel and each calibration cycle h_interslop for each calibration cycle and each channel computes gain G and offset I residual radiance equivalent to the space background noise viewed through the instrument channel array calibcoef0 The coefficients of the visible channel are not measured in flight A third coefficient Page 50 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 order 2 is also designed for the calculation in addition to G and I It is equal to zero for the moment and so it is not yet used h_linlin for each channel and each Earth viewing scan line computes the G I pairs array calibcoef by linear interpolation between 2 pairs of coefficients G I calculated for 2 consecutive calibration cycles For Earth viewing registered before the first calibration cycle there is no interpolation coefficients of the first calibration cycle are directly applied For Earth viewing registered after the last calibration cycle there is no interpolation coefficients of the last calibration cycle are directly applied The quality control parameters array is updated h_gtmean for each channel computes the mean array calibcoefmn and the standard deviation array calibcoefstd of the coefficients G I The header is updated in t
56. parameters for calibration By calling h_testcoeffile_algoV4 it opens reads and closes the testcoef_algoV4 dat file containing useful values and parameters for tests It initializes the elements in the includes that will be updated during the calibration task h_readb1slope_algo V4 opens closes and reads the bl average slope file to get the b1 values and the average slopes that will be used in the process h_instrtest_algoV4 checks the instrument status to define which scan line are usable the first and the last usable lines The control quality array of scan lines is updated Page 53 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 TASK 3 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The result of this task is a calibration coefficient array calibcoef for each sounding channel and each scan line hirscl_algoV4 calls many routines h_scanpos_algoV4 for each scan line checks the quality bit 31 the 56 encoder positions and the line counts It keeps the numbers of lines of the calibration cycles space lines array splintab and internal warm target array iwtlintab It also checks if the calibration cycle is full or not checks if one calibration cycle and the previous one are well separated by 40 scan lines and sets up the variable calib number of calibration cycle full If calib equals zero processing goes directly to the task 3 h_iwttmp_algoV4 for each calibr
57. print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 24 Inputs outputs sounders calibration application AVHRRIN Inputs LEVEL 1B DATA FILES Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for AVHRR instrument The file comes from HRPT raw data processed by the decommutation navigation and calibration modules Named hrpt lib File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN hrpt_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b Located in the directory WRK The file contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line The size of the record depends on the instrument e 22016 bytes Each record contains calibration coefficients counts time lat lon view angles altitude and attitude quality control information housekeeping information There are no missing lines different from NOAA format To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files Page 143 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Associated with logical units AVH1Bunit see ATOVS_ENV7 Outputs LEVEL 1C DATA FILES Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for each instrument according to the input options one file for one instrument Named avhrr l1c by default File is renamed at the end of MAIA3 RUN avh_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN l1c with SATIMG satellite na
58. retrieve one si Ppamsua2 function ppproc2 4 pphcloud _ppascat pphirs2 lt ppcrosby k ppasurf function N rod pphasurf PETER ppiasi2 _ Ppiapep ppiamsu K ppcris2 ppiasurf a A ppcape ppcatms K pee 2 ppcasurf ppcriscloud function ppatmsscat function ppatmscirr ppcapcp function ppatmscrosby function ppatmsgrody Figure 4 26 PPPROC2 modules hierarchy To simplify the diagram calls to the errorreport subroutine have not been written Page 86 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 This task pre processes a block of level 1c ATOVS data to level 1d after mapping for each instrument The following pre processing options are available 1 AMSU B pre processing ppamsub2 2 AMSU A pre processing ppamsua2 3 HIRS pre processing pphirs2 4 IASI pre processing ppiasi2 5 CrIS pre processing pperis2 Note that an instrument is only processed here if output has been requested on that instrument grid Currently pre processing option 2 does nothing The subroutine ppamsub2 pre processes a block of level lc AMSU B data after mapping It presumes that AMSU A brightness temperatures have been already mapped to AMSU B It recalculates with ppascat the AMSU_A scattering index using the AMSU B 89Ghz channel instead of AMSU_A It flags where the AMSU A and 89GHz channe
59. script there is only one target instrument HIRS So only one output level 1D file hirs lld The User can modify the call to atovpp if other combinations are required From AAPP v7 2 if the user specifies input file names other than the default names then the output file names will be based on the supplied input files but with a suffix 11d and with 11c converted to 11d in the file name File hirs l1d is renamed at the end of AAPP RUN hirslid SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN l1d with SATIMG satellite name example noaal6 YYYYMMDD year month day of data Page 139 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 HHMN hour of data NNNNN orbit number Each file contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line the record size depends on the instrument 15872 bytes for HIRS Each record contains pre processed brightness temperatures time lat long satellite zenith angle azimuth angle altitude and attitude quality control information pre processing flags surface information Associated with logical unit 21 see atovpp ksh Located in the directory WRK To get the details of the file see the corresponding include file Note atovpp pre processes brightness temperatures on grid of selected instruments HIRS AMSU A AMSU B IASI This format of output on each grid HIRS AMSU A AMSU B IASD is intended to be flexible Som
60. the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 10 see avhrel ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation AVHCAL TXT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains calibration parameters One file for all the satellites with 1 section for each C1 and C2 constants used in the function of Planck are the same for all the satellites This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 11 see avhrel ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libavhrcl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF avhcl by the installation script Page 134 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Outputs AVHRR LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named hrpt lib File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN hrpt_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN 11b Compared to level la structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 10 see avhrel ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation MONAVEHR TXT Formated file in ASCII text Contains various statistics parameters showing the evolution of the calibratio
61. to zero Each data record for a level 1a line contains counts time housekeeping information For the HIRS AMSU A AMSU B and MHS the level 1a files are very closed to the NOAA Ib formats The differences are in some scaling factors For the MSU AAPP has developed its own MSU 11b format It is very close to the HIRS AMSU A and AMSU B formats For the AVHRR the file is different from NOAA one see AAPP documentation data formats For all the instruments there are no missing lines different from NOAA format To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files Associated with logical units see decommutation ksh 11 for hrsn lib 12 for msun lib 13 for desn lib 14 for hrpt l1b 15 for aman lib 16 for ambn lib Located in the directory WRK SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named decommutation log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 11 Inputs outputs EPS level 0 format to AAPP level 1a format Page 123 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Inputs See documents 25 Outputs LEVEL 1A DATA FILES It is the same format that the Decommutation outputs Named hrsn lib msun lib aman lib ambn J1b hrpt lib File ambn 11b contains either AMSU B or MHS data depending on the satellite Outputs of
62. type pix_info INTENT in pix id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa maia_Cloud_Pressure F90 subroutine maia Cloud Pressure idbg box pix_id pix t108_tcld CT CH Page 184 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_info INTENT in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K real INTENT in t108_tcld t_nb sec nb tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_CT INTENT in CT type maia_CH INTENT out CH subroutine maia_CloudTopTemp satsec bt108 t108_tcld CloudTopTemp computation of the CloudTopTemp corrected with data in table real intent in satsec bt108 real intent in t108_tcld t_nb sec nb real intent out CloudTopTemp subroutine maia_CloudTopPres CT box pix_id CloudTopTemp CloudTopPres computation of the CloudTopPres with a CloudTopTemp in input verify temperature inversion input output integer INTENT in CT type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_inf
63. 0 subroutine maia_Lon_Norm debug data_id Lon input output logical INTENT in debug character len 6 intent in data id maia_PixEnv_reset F90 SUBROUTINE maia_PixEnv_reset idbg landsea elev box pix_id CMa CT CH set environment and reset CMa CT CH output input output type debug INTENT in idbg type topo_field INTENT in landsea elev surface topography landsea and elev type box id INTENT inout box box information type pix_info INTENT inout pix_id pix_id information type maia_CMa INTENT inout CMa type maia_CT INTENT inout CT type maia_CH INTENT inout CH Page 194 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 maia_Pixel_reset F90 subroutine maia_Pixel_reset idbg pix_id pix type debug idbg type pix_info pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_ data pix pix observations albedo in Tb in maia_Pr_InfoPix F90 subroutine maia_Pr_InfoPix pix_id pix input output type pix_info intent in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix data intent in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K subroutine maia_Pr_Thres thres write the thresholds input output type maia_thres INTENT in thres maia_Read_Clim F90 subroutine maia_Read_Clim idbg field_id pix_id clim_id clim
64. 1 clear cloudy marin flag 0 clear 1 cloudy 12 Ts background 0 for climatology used 1 for forecast used 13 WV content 0 for AMSU used 1 for forecast used 2 for climatology used 14 day time 0 for Night 1 for Twilight 2 for Day 3 for Sunglint 15 qual_fl 0 for same CMA 1 bad data 2 for different CMA 3 for coast TASK4 WRITING OUTPUT FILES When the loops on local boxes on boxes are closed the program writes the AVHRR 1d data record of the band ioavh1c1d removes dynamic memory allocation and closes the files 4 1 25 Convert AVHRR AAPP lib format to AVHRR PFS L1B format AAPP EPS AVHRRL1B script and EPS AVHRRL1B MAIN EXE This script and its attached binary program converts AVHRR encoded in AAPP format to AVHRR in PFS 6 5 format Only a partial conversion is achieved that is only fields required by IASI OPS are filled e MPHR e PARENT PRODUCT NAME 1 e INSTRUMENT ID e INSTRUMENT MODEL e PROCESSING LEVEL e SPACECRAFT ID e PROCESSING CENTRE e RECEIVING GROUND STATION e SENSING START e RECEIVE TIME START e SENSING START THEORETICAL e SENSING END e RECEIVE TIME END e SENSING END THEORETICAL e TOTAL MPHR e TOTAL_SPHR e TOTAL GIADR e TOTAL RECORDS e DURATION OF PRODUCT e MILLISECONDS OF DATA PRESENT e PROCESSING TIME START e PROCESSING TIME END Page 105 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has o May 2015 e PRODUCT NAM
65. 1 spot in n and 1 line in n in the BUFR output MWHS2_THIN default 1 used to thin MWHS 2 to 1 spot in n and 1 line in n in the BUFR output IRAS_THIN default 1 used to thin IRAS to 1 spot in n and 1 line in n in the BUFR output Note if ATMS_THIN MWTS2_THIN etc is set to a negative value then thinning is only performed in the along scan direction every scan will be output USE OB TIME set this to Y to set the time stamp in Section 1 to the time of the first observation the default is to use the system time when the program is run aapp_encodebufr_1c script calls aapp encodebufr 1c exe for each instrument It performs the following steps 1 Defines the BUFR sequence descriptor s for the required instrument 2 Sets up the fixed parts of the message 3 Calls subroutine AAPP PUT 1C to open the input file read records into AAPP structures and copy data to the VALUES array AAPP_PUT_IC calls different subroutines specific to each instrument aapp_put_1c_XXX F with XXX amsua amsub msu atms hirs iasi pciasi cris etc Encode each message and write to output file On conclusion close all files 4 1 33 HDF5 tools CRIS_SDR script and CRIS_SDR EXE ATMS_SDR script and ATMS_SDR EXE MWTS_SDR script and MWTS_SDR EXE MWHS_ SDR script and MWHS_SDR EXE AVH1B_TO_HDF5 script AVH1B_ TO HDF5 EXE etc cris_sdr cris_sdr exe Convert Sensor Data Record SDR in HDF5 to AAPP internal binary format and applies apodiza
66. 1_algoV4 with the date time of the current orbit The number of hours is defined in ATOVS_ENV An other option is defined by the user in ATOVS_ENV HCALIB_B1ASLOP_FLAG 0 if the user doesn t want to have the time taken into account to define the period 1 if the user want to have the time hours minutes taken into account to define the period The main program healcb1_algoV4 exe requires a hirs historic file If the file doesn t exist hcalcb1_algoV4 creates it it will be empty hcalcb1_algoV4 exe calls the routine h_calcb1_algoV4 that reads the hirs historic file call to the routine h_read_histo_algoV4 and does the computations call to the routines moy_rms reglin hcalcb1_algoV4 exe manages the openings writings closings of the different files TASK 2 INITIALISATION The script hirscl_algoV4 must run with the argument c for doing the calibration task see AAPP RUN The main program is hirscl_algoV4 exe that calls many routines hclin_algoV4 reads the input options tests some options coherence and stores them into a table hclsetu_algoV4 opens the log debug file hirscl log if requested It opens and reads the HIRS level 1a file hgetlibelement algoV4 gets the elements of the HIRS level 1b commons that are useful for the calibration task h_cinit_algoV4 identifies the satellite Then it calls h_calibcoeffile_algoV4 to open read and close the calcoef_algoV4 dat file containing the useful satellite specific
67. 2a ppa2b ppazi Figure 4 25 PPMAP modules hierarchy This task maps data from one instrument grid to another via the subroutine ppmap which calls ppbtmap for each mapping to process For most instruments ppmap is called once per data block However for IASI ppmap and pplut_iasi are called up to four times per block once for each IASI detector ppbtmap maps brightness temperatures between ATOVS instrument grids Companion routine lutmap see above lutmap generates a look up LUT which identifies those mapping fovs which are colocated with a target fov The LUT also provides a weight for each mapping fov for each mapping mode if bilinear interpolation or spatial average The weights for the selected mode are applied to the corresponding BTs and the resulting sum provides the mapped value Note that a set of several observations is mapped with one call to ppbtmap Five mappings are available 1 AMSU A to HIRS ppa2h 2 MSU to HIRS ppm2h 3 AMSU B to AMSU A ppb2a or ppbgb2a 4 AMSU A to AMSU B ppa2b 5 AMSU A to IASI ppa2i The subroutines ppa2h and ppa2i map AMSU A fovs to an individual HIRS or IASI fov The routine selects mapping fovs from those given and derives brightness temperatures and other parameters at the specified target fov After initialisation the routine identifies good mapping fovs by selecting only mapped fovs with valid brightness temperatures It then calcul
68. 31 Description of the command ANTCNFT eee 161 4 3 32 Description of the command DRIFTEPHE ss 161 4 3 33 Description of the script TBUSDISP sisi 161 4 3 34 Description of the script TLEPRINT ss 161 4 3 35 AVHRR and HIRS level 1b file verification PRHAVH and PRHIRS 0 0 sesse see see see sees see see see 162 Page 5 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 4 3 36 MSU level 1b file header verification PRHMSU ss 162 4 3 37 DCS level 1b file verification PRHDCS ere 162 4 3 38 Source file identification HRPTIDE sise 163 4 3 39 Level 1b products identification LIBIDF sisi 163 4 3 40 Level 1c products identification LICIDF ss 163 4 3 41 Level 1d products identification LIDIDF sisi 163 4 342 Write out message LIBLOG es er ee fn A Mme din a Manteau A 164 4 3 43 Get the orbit number SDH2ORBNUM ire 164 4 3 44 Decode 1c BUFR files AAPP_DECODEBUFR_ IC sens 164 4 3 45 Encode 1c BUFR files AAPP_ENCODEBUFR_1C esse esse see se ese see es see see see see ee ese see ee see 165 4 3 46 Decode Sensor Data Record files for ATMS CrIS MWTS MWHS MWTS2 MWHS 2 IRAS 165 4 3 47 FY 3 mapping tools mwhs to mwts mwhs2 to mwts2 mwts2_to_mwhs2 mwts2 to iras od dd ei GO os AE AE AR EO OE EE OR N DE N 166 43A8 DIS IMAITNEXE De GR Ds RE
69. 46 Page 6 202 NWP SAF Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 AAPP DOCUMENTATION SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae FIGURE 4 11 FLOW CHART ON THE HIRSCL MODULE COMPONENTS see ese esse ese ese ese ee see ee 49 FIGURE 4 12 FLOW CHART ON THE HIRSCL_ALGOV4 MODULE COMPONENTS 52 FIGURE 4 13 FLOW CHART ON THE MSUCL MODULE COMPONENTS 1 0 0 ee sesse see see esse esse see see ee 56 FIGURE 4 14 FLOW CHART ON THE AMSUCL MODULE COMPONENTS ees see esse see see see see ee 59 FIGURE 4 15 FLOW CHART ON THE AMSUBCL MODULE COMPONENTS esse esse ese ese ee 62 FIGURE 4 16 FLOW CHART ON THE AMSUBCL AND MHSCL MODULE COMPONENTS ee 65 FIGURE 4 17 FLOW CHART ON THE AVHRCL MODULE COMPONENTS esse sesse esse esse ese esse ee 68 FIGURE 4 18 ATOVIN MODULE HIERARCHY sisi 70 FIGURE 4 19 INAMSA MODULE HIERARCHY sise 71 FIGURE 4 20 ATOVPP MODULES HIERARCHY sise 73 FIGURE 4 21 PPSETUP MODULES HIERARCHY sise 75 FIGURE 4 22 PPLUT MODULES HIERARCHY sise 77 FIGURE 4 23 PPIN MODULES HIERARCHY sise 78 FIGURE 4 24 PPPROCI MODULES HIERARCHY ie 82 FIGURE 4 25 PPMAP MODULES HIERARCHY iii 84 FIGURE 4 26 PPPROC2 MODULES HIERARCHY eee 86 FIGURE 4 27 PPOUT MODULES HIERARCHY ie 88 FIGURE 4 28 PPFINISH MODULES HIERARCHY sise 90 FIGURE 4 29 AVH2HIRS ATOVS AVH2HIRS MODULES HIERARCHY ese see esse see see ese see see ee 92 FIGURE 4 30 MAIA MODULES HIERA
70. AF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ac 06 May 2015 Gr 1 Emission Threshold BTI08 Gr 2 Emission Difference Tests 2 BT108 BT37 for TOC NDVI gt thres 3 BTS7 BT108 for coherence seviri 5 BT37 BT108 6 BT87 BT37 lover desert coherence seviri 7 BT108 BTS7 large satsen coherence seviri Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test 1 BT108 BT120 Gr 6 texture 6 T4 et 143 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type box id INTENTC in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa for coherence maiav3 maia_CMa_LT F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_LT idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa land day land Twilight max_num_tests 8 Gr 1 Emission Threshold BTI08 coherence maiav3 Gr 2 Emission Difference Tests 1 BT37 BT40 for lat 60S 60N and TOC NDVI gt 0 2 2 BT108 BT37 for TOC NDVI gt 0 2 3 BTS7 BT108 coherence seviri 5 BT37 BT108 amp BTS7 BT108 lover desert coherence seviri 6 BTS7 BT37 lover desert coherence seviri 7 BT108 BTS7 large satsen coherence seviri Gr 3 Reflectance Threshold Tests 4 Ref06 Test 2 Ref08 Ref06 RatioTest Gr 4 Reflectance Thin Cirrus Ref13 Test a la place du 1 6mm Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test BT108 BT120 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data IN
71. APHY FILES Binary file Named maptopog dat and mapbitls dat Derived from those provided with the CIMSS ITPP export package Are two complementary files a land sea bitmap and a dataset of surface elevations Data are given on a regular 1 6th degree x 1 6th degree lat lon grid The surface elevations are to the nearest 100 feet 30 5metres and are only specified for land points This gives a considerable space saving but leads to inaccuracies in some areas e g Lake Victoria Subroutine surfelev gives some information Associated with logical units see atovpp ksh 51 for mapbitls dat 52 for maptopog dat Located in the directory AAPP src preproc libatovpp and copied into the directory DIR_PREPROC by the installation script PPBG2A DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Associated with logical unit 70 see atovpp ksh Located in the directory AAPP src preproc libatovpp and copied into the directory DIR_PREPROC by the installation script Outputs LEVEL 1D DATA FILE Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for each target instrument according to the input options one file for each target instrument for each instrument grid Instrument combinations e HIRS AMSU A AMSU B MHS data on the HIRS grid e AMSU A AMSU B MHS data on the AMSU A grid e AMSU A AMSU B MHS data on the AMSU B grid e AMSU A MHS data on the IASI grid e HIRS MSU data on the HIRS grid In the standard AAAPP_RUN_NOAA
72. ARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 Modules SATPOSSPM SATPOSSPM EXE spm_pm spm_model mrchgrepemev mrchgrepevyeis mrchgrepj2000cm mrchgreptvtref NS navtool osc_to_rec H xkepler __ epos sidert50 trackang rad_pm_utlute read_tai_ute gstatc i gt initrack mrchgrepj2000v MSLIB77_V3 1 ae OT mrmatevveis mrobli TS mumatp mrtsidv n ES muconvjjsjjf msargf mrmatj2000cm mrmatprec2000 mrtsmo muamod mrmattvtref gl mrmatveistv mrisid mrchgrepveistv Figure 4 6 Flow chart on the SATPOSSPM module components Page 38 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 These modules create a satellite position velocity file satpos file for a given satellite for a given station a start time and a given duration They search the SPM bulletin file for the orbital parameters time closest to the given start time TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETERS READING satposspm gets The satellite name and the station name The start time from which the orbital parameters are extrapolated The time step and the n
73. D 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 altitude The viewing vector must be in the station local reference frame zenith south east So a transformation matrix from Greenwich to local reference frame has to be computed TASK 2 EPHEMERIS CALCULATION FOR THE GIVEN TIME PERIOD sp_ephe calculates times of various events as sunset and sunrise for the station ascending and descending nodes station acquisition starting and ending maximum elevation during the pass Ephemeris are calculated for each position velocity read in SATPOS loop Information is stored in the ephemeris output file To manage those tasks sp_ephe calls subroutines sunriset calculates station sunrise and sunset times depends on sun elevation angle for a given day So sunriset is called only once a day Day test to know if the day has changed is made for each position velocity read in SATPOS intnode calculates for a given time period which must include equatorial pass the relative time of the ascending or descending node from the satellite position velocity for both limiting times of the period The time where the z component of the satellite position is null is determined with an iterative method for which satellite position and velocity are calculated using a cubic interpolation Since the node time is known the satellite position velocity is determined for that time and position is converted in longitude intstat calculat
74. DE eror 1 b RAS Le OR y a pera S obtint S Creation of the satpos file a A D x a satpost or satpostie y go DR Take informations fromthe HRPT file oe Y EN heptidf Get the orbit number y N L aion h2ort Q Sapoe NAO raei J decommutation Check correct the scan line datation i chkibtime e e AVSUBor MHS SO N lise HRSAAPPIa C AMSUAAAPPHA Appa CAVHRRAAPP Ita See the following figure Figure 3 1 First steps for treating NOAA data Page 16 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 satpos NOAAXX_date txt y C HIRS AAPP Ha gt CAMSUA AAPP Ia AMSUB or MHS EP APP Ita Compute calibration a a coefficients navigation localisation Compute calibration hirscl Compute calibration coefficients navigation Compute calibration or coefficients navigation localisation coefficients navigation hirscl_algoV4 localisation amsubcl localisation hirs_historic_file_manage amsuacl or avhrel hcalcb1_algoV4 mhscl maa L ss fe Na HIRSAAPPIib D AMSUAAAPP 1b gt AMSYB Mile AVHRR AAPP DE o AAPPIb See the following figure Figure 3 2 Second steps for treating NOAA data Page 17 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has o May 2015
75. DING tleing gets e Home directory of the TLE files and bulletin s name s which will be stored in the TLE index file e The list of satellites to be considered e Historical file names TASK 2 INITIALISATION It opens the TLE bulletin s TASK 3 TLE BULLETIN DECOMMUTATION AND VALIDATION TESTS For each satellite It opens or creates if files do not exist the historical index file It calls different subroutines tle de to decode the TLE bulletin to extract orbital parameters and to check that extracted parameters are in the authorised value area tle_ctrl to check the orbital parameters continuity to compare them with the last valid parameters registered in the historical file using the sgp extrapolation model The new TLE file is declared OK if the errors are less than 6 km day The tests with the last preceding valid tbus are done only if the time difference is less than 7 days tle_wind to write the valid TLE information record at the end of the historical file At the end tleing closes the different files Modules SATPOSTLE SATPOSTLE EXE See also reference manual pages satpostle 1 satpos 5 libsgp 3f Page 33 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bac 06 May 2015 tle_chk tle_prn 4 tle glpv Sgp sdp4 tle_gnv satpostle as tle fnode dd dd dd dd 4 f tle_forb l A NE pvtemegrw
76. Different informations are getting from this input file by calling the hrptidf program AMSUA_CLPARAMS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Used for AMSU A decommutation and AMSU A calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e AMSU AI of NOAA15 AMSU A1 FM1 DATA ID of instrument 9 MSU_A2 of NOAAI5 AMSU A2 PEM DATA ID of instrument 6 MSU A1 of NOAA16 AMSU A1 PFM DATA ID of instrument 5 MSU A2 of NOAA16 AMSU A2 FM1 DATA ID of instrument 10 MSU A1 of NOAA17 AMSU A1 FM2 DATA ID of instrument 13 MSU A2 of NOAA17 AMSU A2 FM2 DATA ID of instrument 14 MSU A1 of NOAA18 AMSU A1 FM3 DATA ID of instrument 33 AMSU A2 of NOAA18 AMSU A2 FM3 DATA ID of instrument 18 AMSU_AI of NOAA19 AMSU A1 DATA S N 107 on NOAA 19 AMSU_A2 of NOAA19 AMSU A2 DATA S N 109 on NOAA 19 AMSU_AI of METOP A AMSU A1 S N 106 on METOP A AMSU_A2 of METOP A AMSU A2 S N 108 on METOP A AMSU_ AIT of METOP B AMSU A1 S N 108 on METOP B AMSU_A2 of METOP B AMSU A2 S N 106 on METOP B e Values for Fundamental Constants are common for all the satellites The file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the launch The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logic
77. E e SPHR e EARTH VIEWS PER SCANLINE e NAV SAMPLE RATE e MDR 1B e EARTH VIEWS PER SCANLINE e NUM NAVIGATION POINTS e DIGITAL B DATA e FRAME INDICATOR e CALIBRATION QUALITY e SCAN LINE OUALITY e NAVIGATION STATUS e SCENE RADIANCES e EARTH LOCATIONS e EARTH LOCATION FIRST e EARTH LOCATION LAST e ANGULAR RELATIONS e TIME ATTITUDE e EULER ANGLE e SPACECRAFT ALTITUDE e COUNT ERROR FRAME This program auto detects the endianness of the AAPP input file It make call to avh_lbc to convert digital data to radiances Geolocation data is interpolated from 51 to 103 points Data is read sequentially from AAPP format and rewritten to a PFS file 4 1 26 Convert IASI PFS L1C to IASI AAPP lic CONVERT_IASI1C CONVERT_IASI1C EXE and CONVERT_IASI1C_9 0 EXE This program converts a IASI 1C PFS file in a AAPP IASI 1C file Data are read sequentially from the PFS file and written to AAPP format using the following Fortran subroutines e openlc open AAPP file e mdric converts and writes a IASI Ic record e mphr converts and writes a IASI 1c record Page 106 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 e giadr extracts information from GIADR record e finishic close AAPP file 4 1 27 Convert NOAA l1b formats to AAPP I1b format noaa class to aapp script and associated executables Introduced in AAPP v7 6 The script noaa_class_to_aapp ingests level 1B files from the N
78. E DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 The i option provides all the basic information about the 1d format source in only one call Examples l1didf i hirsl 1d noaa1419961121_0036_09757 11d returns noaal4 19961121 0036 09757 hirs cms cms l1didf t hirsl 1d noaa1419961121_0036_09757 11d returns only hirs 4 3 42 Write out a message LIBLOG Usage is Log_xxxx text of the message With xxxx is the type of the message info notice critical warning debug emergency error text Examples log_info start of processing FILE log_error file should be given with a full path name 4 3 43 Get the orbit number SDH20RBNUM sdh2orbnum ksh allows to get the orbit number for a NOAA satellite and for a given instant Usage is sdh2orbnum s satid d yyyymmdd h hhmn Executable called sdh2orbnum exe 4 3 44 Decode 1c BUFR files AAPP_DECODEBUFR_1C Usage is aapp_decodebufr_1c i files v instruments where files is a list of one or more input files Defaults to hrsn bufr aman bufr ambn bufr mhsn bufr iasi bufr If the v option is present the first observation is printed out in full The optional instruments argument is provided in case you have a BUFR file that contains more than one instrument and you want to specify which one to extract This routine calls the ECMWF BUFR library and uses the BUFR tables in directory BUFR_TABLES The BUFR tables are selected automatically according to the value of the Originating C
79. E maia_CMa_CD idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa Coast day input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT inout pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT inout Cma maia_CMa_CG F90 SUBROUTINE maia CMa CG idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa Coast day Coast Glint input output input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT inout pix_id type pix_ data INTENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENTC in thres maia_CMa_ConfClear F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_ConfClear idbg ngroup cc_group CMa cc_group individual clear confidence level from 1 clear to 0 cloudy I Emission Threshold BTM15 IT Emission Difference BTM12 BTM13 BTM15 BTM12 BTM14 BTM15 IT Reflectance Threshold RefM1 RefM5 RefM7 RefM7 RefM5 IV Reflectance Thin Cirrus RefM9 V Emission Thin Cirrus BTM15 BTM16 BTM12 BTM16 Page 177 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ac 06 May 2015 input output logical INTENT in idbg INTEGER INTENT inout ngroup ngroups_max real INTENT in CC_group ngroups_max ngroups_max type maia CMa INTENT inout CMa maia_CMa_IceD F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_IceD idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa cloud detection over snow ice surface day max_
80. ENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type maia_ThresTables_opaq INTENT in tabopaq tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_thres INTENT out thres maia_GetThres_CT_max06 F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CT_max06 idbg box thres compute coefs leading to max RO6 for cirrus sea or land input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type maia_thres INTENT out thres maia_GetThres_CT_max108 F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CT_max108 idbg box thres Set Cloud Type thresholds input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type maia_thres INTENT out thres maia_GetThres_CT_opaq F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CT_Opaq idbg box tabopaq thres to compute the thresholds used for opaque clouds function of satsec_loc wv indsec from 1 to 16 satsec_loc input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box_id INTENT in box lat lon solar and sat angles at the center of the box type maia ThresTables opag INTENT in tabopaq tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_thres INTENT out thres dynamic thresholds in deg 100 maia_GetThres_InPix F90 Page 192 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF
81. FTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 mclin def_att a calatt mclsetu lt clkerr_get m_loc sp_read hdibnav THON function a ord1bid function noascnam m_calibcoeffile N m_testcoeffile m contres m_statsum m_tgtmp m_restmp N 7 4 w SS id D j N ESE D VAS g da EDGE m_tgrad m_plank m_gfcounts m_statsum m_interslop gp_bse m_upcommon N gp_bcl m_finalstat xiqj mlibwrt mclexit fil Figure 4 13 Flow chart on the MSUCL module components Page 56 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines of the libf7ml library have not been written This task requires MSU level 1a calcoef dat and testcoef dat resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION The user chooses his input options script msucl and melin The main program is MSUCL that calls many routines mclin reads the input options tests some options coherence and stores them in a table mclsetu opens the log debug file muscl log if requested It opens and reads the MSU level 1a file msullb the data are ranged in commons msulbhd header msulbdts data m_cinit opens reads and closes m_calibcoeffile the calcoef dat file containing the useful satellite specific parameters for calibration The data are ranged in common msu clcf
82. HSCL edel do ER EE dates ae EE RI ER cane AN dee 155 4 3 13 Desetiption of thesseript ATOVIN sine on Msn gee VERG EE gedag re gek ese 155 4 3 14 Description of the script AT OV PP i iese EE ee echoes se eb ee gee EES ie tenets gee VERG Seed nimes 156 4 3 15 Description of the script AVH2HIRS ses 157 4 3 16 Description of the script AVHRRIN KSH iii 157 4 3 17 Description of the script MAIA3 KSH ss 157 4 3 18 Description of the script MATA3_RUN KSH ins 158 4 3 19 Description of the script EPS_AVHRRLIB MAIN ss 158 4 3 20 Description of the script EPS_CONVERT_IASILIC ss 158 4 3 21 Description of the script NOAA_CLASS_TO_AAPP inserer 158 4 3 22 Description of the script AVHRR_AAPP_TO_CLASS ss 158 4 3 23 Description of the script SATPOS SVM iii 158 4 3 24 Description of the script MESSAGES OSV sise 159 4 3 25 Description of the script SATEPH ss iese see gede Ve Sesde eo ig Ges Ee se Gee deeg Gegee dd segoed ee Eie ese bee ek sued tonne 159 4 3 26 Description of the script LGEPHEING sise 159 4 3 21 Description of the script LGEPHE ese bedes es es gees aaia be ses see de eg ee bek Ee duel bus sonnets 160 4 3 28 Description of the script ALEPH ees ese sees Ee ds esse Een dig eise seed kes rT esse te kepe gees Ee eed ee bek eek sees 160 4 3 29 Description of the command EPHE ees esse see esse see see ee see ee ee ee ee ee ee ke ke ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 160 4 3 30 Description of the command TRACKING sise 161 4 3
83. IASI BUFR format is used by EUMETSAT in their dissemination of global and regional ATOVS data To use the tools the ECMWF BUFR library must be installed see AAPP Installation Guide Modules AAPP DECODEBUFR 1C AAPP_DECODEBUFR_IC EXE aapp_decodebufr can process either a single file or a list of files The output file name is constructed from the input file name with the suffix changed to 11c The following environment variable is required BUFR_TABLES directory containing BUFR tables required usage aapp_decodebufr_lIc i files v instruments where files is a list of files to decode Quotes are necessary if there is more than 1 file aapp_decodebufr calls aapp_decodebufr_1c exe for each input file It performs the following steps Opens the BUFR file Reads each message and decodes it 3 For each message examines the first word in the BUFR sequence to determine which instrument it contains 4 Calls subroutine AAPP_GET_1C to transfer the data to the AAPP Ic data structures AAPP GET 1C calls different subroutines specific to each instrument aapp get 1c XXX F with XXX amsua amsub msu atms hirs iasi pciasi cris mwts mwhs mwts2 mwhs2 iras 5 On conclusion it updates the 1c header writes to disk and closes all files Modules AAPP ENCODEBUFR 1C AAPP_ENCODEBUFR_IC EXE The script can process either a single file or a list of files files in AAPP 11c format or files in AAPP lld format The
84. INTENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa maia_CMa_quality F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_quality idbg max_num_tests num_tests_done qual_fl input output type debug INTENT in idbg INTEGER INTENT n max num tests num tests done INTEGER INTENT out qual_fl 3 high maia CMa texture F90 SUBROUTINE maia CMa texture idbg box pix id pix CMa input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT n box type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type maia_CMa INTENT inout CMa maia_CT_Fl_opaq F90 SUBROUTINE maia CT F1 opag idbg pix black determines if a pixel is opaque input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K INTEGER INTENT out black Page 181 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ba 06 May 2015 maia_CT_dawn F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CT_dawn idbg box pix_id pix thres CT Set Cloud Type in dawn condition input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type pix_info INTENT in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type
85. ISTESAT_INGEST_TLE in the ATOVS_ENV file f all the TLE bulletins which are newer than the last update of the index files corresponding to the satellite list 4 3 7 Description of the script SPMING With the spming pl Perl shell and after each performance of spming exe historical files automatically determined by input satellites numbers are updated Usage is spming s satellite admin ccsds s to specify the satellite to be considered admin ccsds to specify the input Admin file CCSDS binary format which contains the SPM bulletin to process ATOVS ENV file is loaded 4 3 8 Description of the script SATPOST See also the reference manual man pages satpost 1 For a given satellite and a given acquisition station the command creates a position velocity file SATPOS using TBUS bulletins Usage is satpost o s satellite S station d start date n number of days i increment in seconds c search criteria 0 S S d n i c are optional If no parameter is specified as an option defaults are noaal4 Lannion today Oh 1 0 120 0 n n nearest p preceding The option o specifies that the data will be stored in the file satpos_noaxx_yyyymmdd txt Output default is the standard output 4 3 9 Description of the script SATPOSTLE See also the reference manual man pages satpostle 1 For a given satellite and a given acquisition station the command creates a position velocity file SATP
86. NA 4 ae AD Ee Bt EE N EN A SE bie dt ARS N EE 14 3 2 Oo TEE N EEE EEEE EESE AAE 15 3 3 DIASFAMS EG AG ee Ge Ee Ge Ge Ee Ee 15 3 4 Direct readout of NOAA satellite data ee see sesse ese see sesse See se Ee SEE ee Ee SE EE Ee Se EE ee Ee ee EE ee Ee Be Ee Ee ee ee ee 16 3 5 Direct readout of METOP satellite data see sesse ese sesse ese sesse See ee se Se BEE Ee Se BEE Ee Se EE ee Ee ee EE Ee EE ee Ee ee ee ee 18 3 6 Acquisition of METOP data via EUMET Cast uee see sesse sesse e see see see see see see see ese ees see see bee See ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 23 3 6 1 NOAA archived datassa EE EE EO sevice cactbeoastetbinstseaoes 25 4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION seven ee ee sae ede Ge Ge ERNS ee Ee EKS EN ER SEG e ER Ed Ke Se Eed ede 25 4 1 Software main COMPONENTS ue sesse esse see see ae Ge Ge Ge EG Ee Ee Ge Ge Ge EG EG Ge Ge GE GE Ge EG Ge Ge Ge Ge SG Ge 25 4 1 1 Main module for direct readout of NOAA satellites AAPP RUN NOAA script 25 4 1 2 Main module for direct readout of MetOp satellite AAPP RUN METOP Script sesse esse esse ee esse 26 4 1 3 Main module for FY 1 imager data AAPP RUN FY1 script 28 4 1 4 Satellite and image navigation initialisation Ingest with TBUS bulletin TBUSING script TBUSING EXE and satellite position and velocity SATPOST script SATPOST EXE 28 4 1 5 Satellite and image navigation initialization with Two Line Element sets GET_TLE script TLEING script TLEING EXE and satellite pos
87. NE DATATION FOR LEVEL 1 B FILES See also reference manual pages chk btime 1 The module chk1btime checks and corrects the scan line datation for a given level 1a file that has been processed by atovdc chkibtime is called for HIRS MSU AMSU A and AMSU B instruments The AVHRR hrpt 11b file does not require chk1btime correction Note that chklbtime can not work for NOAA level 1b file because NOAA files have missing records AAPP ones do not have missing records because AAPP fills records when scan lines are missing The error in atovde is to use the same date information for all instuments The AAPP developers have preferred to correct the files than fixing the bug in the decommutation step This program is dependant on 1B format structure It trusts the time indicated in the Ist scan line of the file 4 1 8 EPS level 0 to AAPP level 1a conversion for METOP DECOM AMSUA METOP script and AMSUA MAIN EXE DECOM MHS METOP script and MHS MAIN EXE DECOM AMSUA HIRS script and HIRS MAIN EXE DECOM AVHRR METOP script and AVHRR MAIN EXE These modules are to be found in the metop tools directories Each script takes two arguments the name of the Level 0 input file and the name of the level 1a output file Page 44 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 There is a script and a binary program associated with each instrument Instrument Script Bin
88. OAA archives and outputs AAPP level 1B format The following formats and instruments are supported Tiros N to NOAA 14 e MSU e HIRS 2 e AVHRR and AVHRR 2 LAC and GAC 10 bit format NOAA 15 to NOAA 19 e AVHRR 3 LAC and GAC 10 bit and 16 bit formats e The other instruments are already in AAPP format The satellite identifier is extracted from the input file name so it must be in standard CLASS format e g NSS HIRX N A P D If the input file includes an archive header this is automatically detected and removed For GAC datasets the GAC line spacing is retained 1 line per 3 instrument scans i e 2 lines per second Across track the 409 GAC spots are fitted into 2048 output spots The following executables are called depending on instrument avhrr_gac_class_to_aapp_klm exe avhrr_lac_class_to_aapp_klm exe msu_class_to_aapp exe avhrr_gac_class_to_aapp_a j exe avhrr_lac_class_to_aapp_a j exe hirs2_class_to_aapp exe Note Prior to AAPP v7 6 a program hrpt1b_noaa was used for AVHRR This program is now obsolete but its description is included here for completeness hrpt1b noaa exe opens the AVHRR NOAA level 1b file and the new AVHHRR AAPP 11a 11b file named hrpt 11b Reading the AVHRR level 1b file record by record the first 22016 bytes of each NOAA record 22528 bytes are written in the AAPP file To get information in the format and with the scaling factors expected by AAPP it was necessary to run avhrcl after getti
89. ON Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 iohid or iohidm maia lec clim lec clim alb lec previ grib lec previ ascii avh2hirs atovs or avh2hirs D 3 D is 3 D gt N Figure 4 29 AVH2HIRS_ATOVS AVH2HIRS modules hierarchy Page 92 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 This task requires the HIRS level 1d file the AVHRR level 1b file and several resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION A part of the initialisation is directly coded inside the main program AVH2HIRS AVH2HIRS_ATOVS particularly for parameters used in the LUT generation information and options for mapping e g mapping mode is set to 2 and local is set to true The surface option for mapping is set to 0 mapping with no surface type requierement A number of the thresholds used to determine the cloud mask are set up in constants included in the file maia h Dynamic initialisations involve reading the input files data calibration coefficients climatology corrections etc storing information into arrays or commons computing various parameters and setting up the LUT for mapping All of this information will be essential to the processing First the AVHRR header buffer is set up by calling the subroutine avhhdr which reads AVHRR level 1b file Then for each HIRS fov the HIRS level 1d header and data record
90. ON_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named hirscl log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 16 Inputs outputs MSU calibration MSUCL Page 128 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Inputs MSU LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named msun l1b Output of the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 11 see msucl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation CALCOEF DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains calibration MSU parameters One file for all the satellites with 1 section for each C1 and C2 constants used in the function of Planck are the same for all the satellites This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch e When the reference temperature is too far from the most computed temperatures Messages are printed see different examples in the comment section The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 12 see msucl Ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libmsucl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIB
91. OS using TLE bulletins Page 152 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Usage is satpostle o s satellite S station d start date n number of days i increment in seconds c search criteria 0 s S d n i c are optional If no parameter is specified as an option defaults are noaal4 Lannion today Oh 1 0 120 0 n n nearest p preceding The option o specifies that the data will be stored in the file satpos_noaxx_yyyymmdd txt Output default is the standard output 4 3 10 Description of the script SATPOSSPM For a given satellite and a given acquisition station the command creates a position velocity file SATPOS using SPM bulletins Usage is satposspm o s satellite S station d start date n number of days i increment in seconds c search criteria 0 s S d n i c are optional If no parameter is specified as an option defaults are metop02 Lannion today Oh 1 0 120 0 n n nearest p preceding The option o specifies that the data will be stored in the file satpos_noaxx_yyyymmdd txt Output default is the standard output 4 3 11 Description of the script DECOMMUTATION decommutation ksh reads the environment parameters in ATOVS_ENV7 to get the conditions of the run It associates the logical unit number with the needed fixed data amsua_clparams dat It generates dynamic
92. P V6 2006 NC Atkinson 7 0 Jan T Labrot Update for AAPP V7 2012 N C Atkinson 7 1 July P Roquet Insert sections on MMAM and modify atovin atovpp 2012 N C Atkinson descriptions for release of AAPP v7 2 7 2 Feb P Roquet Add sections on MAIA4 2013 NC Atkinson 7 3 Feb P Roquet Add sections on NOAA CLASS conversion tools and 2014 N C Atkinson update MAIA4 section 74 Aug N C Atkinson Updates for MWTS2 MWHS2 and IRAS 2014 12 Dec P Roquet Update for MAIA v4 2 release 2014 7 6 May N C Atkinson Update section on hrptdc and add viirs_to_cris 2015 Page 2 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION esse sesse KG EG EE GR WER GE NA NE Ge AE WE EG RE KRU GE N EG GE WEK NG GE ed Ge ke Ne 8 2 DOCUMENTS AND TERMINOLOGY msssssnassanannanennanennennnnnnnnnennennnnennnnnnnnennens 8 2 1 Applicable and reference documents sesse ese esee see see soe see ee ee GE EE AE GE Ge GE GE AE EE EE Ge Ee ee GE ee GE ee ee ee ee 8 2 23 NO di TUG AE EE EE N EE EE EE EE ED EEN 10 3 SOFTWARE ORGANISATION DESCRIPTION oes see esse see ee eek E ee ee ee EER Re Rea ER ee 12 3 1 Software general organisafiON sesse esse see sees sae Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge EG EG Ee Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge Ge EG Ge Ge Ge 12 Sele The Core AAPP Es Re NG EE SE GR bte RE EE AR MR NAS RAR 12 312 METOP tools is natant dig eut its Ae EE NE NAS ee EO Ge RE N fe a oa 14 313 TASTAOOIS
93. PSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 4 1 9 Convert chrpt FY1c and FY1d satellites to hrpt NOAA satellites convert_chrpt script and convert_chrpt exe These modules are to be found in the AAPP src decommutation bin directories The aim is to convert CHRPT data from FY1 satellite to a form that is compatible with NOAA HRPT taking just the AVHRR like channels Output can be fed into the AAPP decommutation routine Some dummy TIP data are created in order to satisfy the AAPP error checks Also some of the variables target temps and warm cal counts are stored in non standard locations in the output file The input frame length is 27740 bytes at the Met Office May be different for other receiver manufacturers This represents 22180 10 bit words when unpacked Alternatively the script can accept an input file that has already been unpacked into 16 bit words Usage of the script convert_chrpt u infile outfile day_of_year with u option for unpacked input For details see inside convert_chrpt F file 4 1 10 Image navigation modules HIRSCL script and HIRSCL EXE HIRSCL_ALGOV4 script and HIRSCL_ALGOV4 EXE MSUCL script and MSUCL exe AMSUACL script and AMSUACL EXE AMSUBCL script and AMSUBCL EXE MHSCL script and MHSCL EXE AVHRCL script and AVHRCL EXE See also reference manual pages libnavnoaa 3 libnavtool 3 libsatid 3 and detailed navigation equations in 17 sp_read zee H
94. RATION AVHRRIN applies the calibration coefficients calculated by the previous step AVHRCL to AVHRR counts and converts radiance into brightness temperature avhrr l1c file CLOUD MASK MAIA3_MAIN makes the cloud mask at full resolution of the AVHRR avhrr l1d file Specific libraries are associated at all this main modules Each module is described in more detail in the section 3 2 3 1 2 METOP tools To process the METOP data a set of tools have been developed to interface the PFS level 0 format to the AAPP level 1a 1b format One script one main program by instrument DECOM HIRS METOP HIRS MAIN EXE DECOM AMSUA METOP AMSUA MAIN EXE DECOM MHS METOP MHS MAIN EXE DECOM A VHRR METOP A VHRR MAIN EXE Another tool AAPP EPS_AVHRRI1B EPS_AVHRRL1B MAIN EXE interfaces the AVHRR AAPP level 1b format to the AVHRR PFS level 1B format The PFS resulting file has only partial contents and is primarily intended for use in IASI OPS LRS processing The AVHRR PFS level 1B format is used by EUMETSAT for distribution of global AVHRR data therefore a tool convert_avh1b can be used to convert back to AAPP level 1b format but with scaled radiances instead of raw counts To navigate METOP data tools have also been developed to process ADMIN messages SPMING SPMING PL SPMING EXE ADMIN MAIN EXE ADMIN MESSAGES EXE Specific libraries are associated with all these main modules 3 1 3 IASI tools Several modules and C libraries have been develope
95. RATION_COEF msu by the installation script TESTCOEF DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Contains the values of the parameters used in calibration tests Self documented lines of comments begin with Common values for all the satellites The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 13 see msucl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libmsucl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF msu by the installation script Outputs MSU LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named msun l1b File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN msullb_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN l1b Compared to level la structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 11 see msucl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation MONMSU TXT Formated file in ASCII text Contains various statistics parameters showing the evolution of the calibration coefficient calculation Filled during the run of msucl exe if specified in input options One record added for one run Associated with logical unit 14 see msucl Ksh Page 129 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named msuc
96. RCHY sise 95 FIGURE 4 31 AVHRRIN MODULES HIERARCHY sise 98 FIGURE 4 32 MAIA_MAIN MODULES HIEARCHY sise 100 FIGURE 4 33 MAIA MODULES HIERARCHY sisi 101 FIGURE 4 34 MASQUE MODULES HIERARCHY ees ese ee esse ese ese ee ese ese ee eke eke ese see ees ee ese ee see see 102 FIGURE 4 35 MATA4 COMPONENTS 455 ese GE dee Ee SEED SERE Ee beg ese g E ee See beg sab cdasssatesangsunedsoboigenetsses degie 174 Page 7 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 1 INTRODUCTION For many years the NOAA polar orbiting weather satellites have provided a sounding and imaging capability with instruments operating in the visible infra red and microwave regions of the spectrum and with a direct broadcast system to allow users access to the data in near real time In response to requests from the user community EUMETSAT took the initiative in 1992 to start activities in the area of ATOVS software processing The goal was to set up a standard package for the processing of locally received ATOVS data from the NOAA spacecraft and as a result of this initiative the ATOVS and AVHRR Pre processing Package AAPP was developed The package is now maintained by the EUMETSAT Satellite Application Facility for Numerical Weather Prediction NWP SAF The first satellite in the NOAA KLM series NOAA 15 was launched in 1998 replacing the earlier NOAA TIROS N series In 2009 the last satellite in the fo
97. RIPTION pac 6 May 2015 Inputs TBUS_YYYYMMDD TXT OR TLE_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT OR SPM_ TXT e Input for satpost exe satpostle exe satposspm exe e See inputs outputs for satpost satpostle satposspm TBUS_SSSS INDEX OR TLE_SSSS INDEX OR SPM_SSSS INDEX e Input for satpost exe satpostle exe satposspm exe e See inputs outputs for satpost satpostle satposspm Outputs SATPOS_SSSS_YYYYMMDD TXT output for satpost exe or satpostle exe or satposspm exe e input for ephe e See inputs outputs for satpost satpostle satposspm EPHE_SSSS_YYYYMMDD TXT e Output of ephe e Name of the ASCII ephemeris file associated with a given station and a specific satellite xx satellite number yyyymmdd start date of the ephemeris e Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION ephe e Each data line contains the following information calendar date of the event yyyy mm dd time of the event hh mm ss sss satellite name noaaxx orbit number event code start_acq start of acquisition stop_acq end of acquisition asc_node ascending node dsc_node descending node sun_rise sun rise for station sun_set sun set for station a text associated with the event station name for start_acq stop_acq longitude of nodes deg for asc_node dsc_node No line of comments authorised e More details are given in ephe 5 4 2 28 Inputs outputs for LGEPHEING navigation tool Inputs TBUS_YYYYMMDD TXT See above 3 3 2 inputs outp
98. ROUTINE maia idbg new_box field_id box pix_id pix maia_par owner MF DP CMS R amp D Authors lydie lavanant date 12 08 2011 MAIA Cloud Detection input idbg debug level info debug new_box new information at a box resolution box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box pix_id latitude longitude of the pixel pix input observations albedo en brightness temperature in K output maia_par 30 maia output mask information type debug INTENT in idbg type field_info INTENT in field_id type box id INTENT inout box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type pix_info INTENT nout pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_ data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K LOGICAL INTENT in new box REAL INTENT out maia_par 30 mask outputs see maia_Write_Output f90 Page 176 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae maia_Analyse_Field F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Analyse_Field idbg field_1b field_id input output Type debug intent in idbg Type field intent inout field_1b Type field_info intent out field_id maia_Box_reset F90 subroutine maia_Box_reset idbg box input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT inout box box information maia_CMa_CD F90 SUBROUTIN
99. S tracking calls sp_track to do this task Page 111 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 sp_track begins to call initrack to calculate station values useful for the tracking angles calculations see in this paragraph ephe task1 Then it tests if there is a new acquisition If a new acquisition is found it computes the start of acquisition instat see in this paragraph ephe task2 While the site is higher than a threshold it computes the tracking angles intposvel and trackang see in this paragraph Igephe task 3 The sun position is calculated in Greenwich reference frame sungrw sp_track calls wephmes see in this paragraph Igephe task 3 Module ANTCNFT ANTCNFT EXE See also reference manual pages antcnft 1 ephe 5 antcnft ANTenna CoNFlicT identifies the acquisition conflicts for a single antenna system It processes an ephemeris file which contains several satellites and is valid for only one station The ephemeris file for each satellite has been produced by ephe and tracking and the various files have been concatenated and the final file has been sorted to be strictly chronological antcnft modifies this file to identify the orbits which are considered as conflict orbits A priority rule is established for the list of satellites read on unit 10 the first one having the higher priority the second the following When several orbits ar
100. S Usage is atovin_antcorr f infiles z instruments In this case the input files are level 1c If the z option is supplied the program will attempt to remove any antenna correction that is already present in the data 4 3 14 Description of the script ATOVPP The script allows running of the atovpp exe program that processes level 1c TOVS ATOVS and IASI to level 1d It reads the environment parameters in ATOVS_ENV7 to get the conditions of the run It associates logical unit numbers with level 1c files to read with the HIRS level 1d file to write and with the required fixed data files It generates dynamically the user input options file atovpp inp instruments to read and instrument grids to output depending on whether we have TOVS or ATOVS data The program is then launched with the user options file as input atovpp exe lt atovpp inp The log file is saved in the output file atovpp log Lastly it deletes the input file atovpp inp and the links between the level Ic files the level 1d file and the associated logical units Usage is atovpp f infiles r g grids i instruments where grids and instruments are sub sets of AMSU A AMSU B HIRS IASI in the case of ATOVS or MSU HIRS in the case of TOVS Quotes are needed if there is more than one grid instrument or file name MHS can be specified instead of AMSU B If input files are specified they must be in the same order as the list of instruments An
101. S L1B format AAPP EPS AVHRRLIB script and EPS AVHRRLIB MAIN EXE cic GEE ge bday nn nl Mer te trs tn En tad gaar ee e RO ge eed telnet 105 4 1 26 Convert IASI PFS LIC to IASI AAPP lIc CONVERT_IASIIC CONVERT _IASIIC EXE and CONVERT TAS C KIN od NR AE EE OU N 106 4 1 27 Convert NOAA 11b formats to AAPP 11b format noaa class to aapp script and associated lid OE RE EER OE EE ER HE NE 107 4 1 28 Convert AVHRR 11b in AAPP format to NOAA format avhrr aapp to class script and avhri aapp to Class EREA ion RE OR N EE 107 4 1 29 Initialisation before OPS LRS software SATPOS SVM KSH SATPOS SVM PL o oo 107 4 1 30 Initialisation before OPS LRS software MESSAGES OSV KSH MESSAGES OSV PL 108 4 1 31 Navigation tools SATEPH script LGEPHEING script and LGEPHING EXE LGEPHE script and LGEPHE EXE ALLEPH script and EPHE TRACKING ANTCNFT DRIFTEPHE TBUSDISP script TBUSDISP EXE TLEPRINT script TLEPRINT EX E n e ese ese see T Eea 108 4 1 32 BUFR tools AAPP DECODEBUFR 1C script and AAPP DECODEBUFR 1C EXE AAPP ENCODEBUFR IC script and AAPP ENCODEBUFR 1C EXE esse see see esse see see see see ee see see 113 4 1 33 HDF5 tools CRIS_SDR script and CRIS_SDR EXE ATMS SDR script and ATMS_SDR EXE MWTS_SDR script and MWTS_SDR EXE MWHS SDR script and MWHS_SDR EXE AVHIB TO HDFES script AVHIB TO HDES EXE etc ees sesse ss 114 4 2 aT E NE A A T N ee N 116 4 2 1 User input parameters in ATOVS_ENV ATOVS_ENV7 ere 116 4 2
102. S level 1b file verification PRHAVH and PRHIRS Usage is prhavh s sss e eee filename prhirs s ssss e eee filename s sss starting avhrr hirs scan line e eee ending avhrr hirs scan line filename file to look at The script generates dynamically the user input options files prhavh inp prhirs inp The program is then launched with the user options files as input prhavh exe lt prhavh inp prhirs exe lt prhirs inp Lastly it deletes the input files prhavh inp prhirs inp 4 3 36 MSU level 1b file header verification PRHMSU Usage is prhmsu filename with filename file to look at The script generates dynamically the user input options file prhmsu inp The program is then launched with the user options file as input prhmsu exe lt prhmsu inp Lastly it deletes the input file prhmsu inp 4 3 37 DCS level 1b file verification PRHDCS Usage is prhdcs s sss e eee filename s sss starting des line e eee ending dcs line filename file to look at The script generates dynamically the user input options files prhdcs inp The program is then launched with the user options files as input prhdcs exe lt prhdcs inp Lastly it deletes the input files prhdcs inp Page 162 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 4 3 38 Source file identification HRPTIDF Usage is hrpidf Y yyyy s d h n i source The script
103. S_CONF which tests to see whether an ATOVS_ENV6 or 7 file exists in the users s home directory If one does exist it will be used if it does not exist the ATOVS_ENV6 or 7 file in the installation top directory will be used The user may customize ATOVS_CONF if necessary to modify this behaviour The ATOVS_ENV6 or 7 file defines several environment variables The user has to ensure of the set up of the different variables The text that follows can make reference to those variables 4 2 2 Inputs outputs for TBUSING navigation initialisation Inputs TBUS_YYYYMMDD TXT TBUS bulletin yyyy year mm month dd day Located in the directory DIR NAVIGATION tbus_db or orb_elem yyyy mm yyyymmdd is the date of transmission of the bulletin by NOAA Bulletins are classified by year and month of transmission More details are given in tbus 5 Page 116 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Outputs TBUS_NOAAXX INDEX Historical TBUS index file for orbital parameters associated with a specific satellite xx satellite number Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION tbus_db or orb_elem The first line header line contains the NOAA name of the satellite Each following line contains epoch time in the CNES julian days day 0 01 01 50 00h quality flag zero is good data orbit number extrapolation errors of position km day 2 values forward
104. TENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres maia_CMa_SD F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_SD idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa sea day max_num_tests 9 Gr 1 Emission Threshold BTI08 for coherence with maiav3 Gr 2 Emission Difference Tests 1 BT37 BT40 for lat 60S 60N 2 BT108 BT37 3 BT87 BT108 Gr 3 Reflectance Threshold Tests 1 RefO8 Test 2 Ref08 Ref06 RatioTest Page 179 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dat 06 May 2015 Gr 4 Reflectance Thin Cirrus Refl6 Test for coherence with maiav3 Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test BT108 BT120 Gr 6 texture if not coast 212 515 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type box id INTENTC in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa maia_CMa_SG F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_SG idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa sea glint max_num_tests 6 Gr 1 Emission Threshold BTI08 added for coherence with maiav3 Gr 2 Emission Difference Tests 3 BTS7 BTIOS Gr 3 Reflectance Threshold Tests 1 Ref08 Test 2 Ref0S Ref06 RatioTest 3 LowCloudInSunGlint 06 37 108 Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test BT108 BT120 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in p
105. The EUMETSAT Network of Nelw Satelite Application Faciities Numerical Weother Prediction NWP SAF Satellite Application Facility for Numerical Weather Prediction Document NWPSAF MF UD 002 Version 7 6 May 2015 AAPP DOCUMENTATION SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION AUTHORS Tiphaine Labrot M t o France Nigel Atkinson Met Office Pascale Roquet M t o France EUMETSAT lt MetOffice J METEO FRANCE Toujours un temps d avance TY Koninklijk Nederlands Meteorologisch Instituut Ministerie van Infrastructuur en Milieu lt SECMWF NWP SAF AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 Version 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 This documentation was developed within the context of the EUMETSAT Satellite Application Facility on Numerical Weather Prediction NWP SAF under the Cooperation Agreement dated 01 December 2006 between EUMETSAT and the Met Office UK by one or more partners within the NWP SAF The partners in the NWP SAF are the Met Office ECMWF KNMI and M t o France Copyright 2014 EUMETSAT All Rights Reserved Change record Version Date Author changed by Remarks 4 0 April 03 T Labrot Version of the software description document of AAPP V4 0 Follow the version of AAPP V3 0 4 1 12 May K Whyte Minor edit 2003 5 0 March T Labrot Update for AAPP V5 2005 NC Atkinson P Brunel 6 0 June T Labrot Update for AAP
106. US bulletin to process s and f are optional If no parameter is specified as an option defaults are s noaa09 noaal1 noaal2 noaal4 see the variable PAR_NAVIGATION_DEFAULT_LISTESAT_INGEST_TBUS in the script f all the TBUS bulletins which are newer than the last update of the index files corresponding to the satellite list 4 3 4 Description of the script GET_TLE get_tle to retrieve current 2 Line orbital elements from a web site The usage is get_tle all parameters are loaded from the configuration file 4 3 5 Description of the script GET TAI UT1 UTC get tai utl1 utc to retrieve Polar motion and time conversion parameters The usage is get tai uf1 utc all parameters are loaded from the configuration file 4 3 6 Description of the script TLEING See also the reference manual man pages tleing 1 With the tleing ksh korn shell and after each performance of tleing exe historical files automatically determined by input satellites numbers are updated Usage is Page 151 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 tleing s satellite f tle_file c s to specify the list of satellites to be considered f to specify the TLE bulletin to process c to check presence of input 2lines files in final index file c s and f are optional If no parameter is specified as an option defaults are s value of the variable PAR_NAVIGATION_DEFAULT_L
107. V4 DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Contains calibration HIRS parameters Self documented lines of comments begin with One file for all the satellites with 1 section for each C1 and C2 constants used in the function of Planck are the same for all the satellites This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch e When the range of values are too strict and excludes too many values that s why sometime there is no calibration for a channel So modification of these values is needed For example lighting conditions of the satellite change according to the season This phenomenon induces variations in the observed numerical counts e g NOAA12 in May and September The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Page 127 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Associated with logical unit 12 see hirscl_algoV4 ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libhirscl_algoV4 and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF hirs by the installation script TESTCOEF_ALGOV4 DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Contains the values of the parameters used in calibration tests Self documented lines of comments begin with Common values for all the satellites The version number and the date of the fil
108. WP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 For the HIRS AMSU A AMSU B and MHS the level 1b files are very close to the NOAA 1b formats The differences are in some scalling factors For the MSU AAPP has developed its own MSU 11b format It is very close to the HIRS AMSU A and AMSU B formats For all the instruments there are no missing lines different from NOAA format To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files Associated with logical units see atovin ksh 11 for hrsn J1b 12 for aman l1b 13 for ambn l1b 14 for msun lib Located in the directory WRK FIXED DATA FILE Sequential file in ASCII text Named fdf dat containing fixed data for ATOVIN One file for all the satellites with 1 section for each Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains Satellite name NOAA satid nominal satellite height km orbit period sec If ATOVS satellite contains antenna efficiencies for Earth platform space view Ae Ap As For details of the antenna efficiencies see 5 Note that comment lines must not appear between the channel number and the efficiencies for each channel Optionally contains antenna reflectivity factors for use in the scan dependent correction primarily for MHS See Scientific Description ATOVIN will not read beyond a line with END as the first 3 characters This file must be modified in the following case e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite fu
109. _sdr o Outputfile SDRfile These tools convert the SDR files for ATMS CrIS MWTS MWHS and IRAS into AAPP Ic format They require AAPP to have been built with the HDF5 library For ATMS and CrIS which have separate geolocation files the user is able to specifiy the geolocation file explicitly However this is mainly useful for pre launch test data and would only be necessary for operational data if the attribute N_GEO_Ref is missing or invalid The ATMS 1c format has space for both antenna temperatures and brightness temperatures If required the antenna temperatures may be read from a TDR file However most users will not need to do this The MWTS and MWHS tools for the sounders on the Chinese FY 3 satellites include some quality checking including scan to scan consistency of the calibration slope geolocation reasonableness test antenna position check The intention is that only reliable brightness temperatures will appear in the output Ic files Page 165 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 4 3 47 FY 3 mapping tools mwhs to mwts mwhs2_to_mwts2 mwts2 to mwhs2 mwts2 to iras mwhs2 to iras Usage example mwhs to mwts mwts file mwhs file i e program target file source file The tool maps the MWHS brightness temperatures to the MWTS grid and stores the results in the MWTS level Ic file It uses the latitude longitude information from the t
110. a this parameter is not present in the HRPT format With the tool hrpidf exe it extracts the satellite name the day of the year and the time of the data Page 25 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 The environment variables contained in the ATOVS_ENV7 file determine the selection of the orbital bulletins and model Two different bulletins and corresponding models can be selected TBUS and Two Line Case of TBUS By calling the module tbusing it checks and ingests the TBUS bulletins useful to navigate the satellite It creates the satellite position velocity file for several days satpos file with the command satpost Case of Two Line By calling the module tleing it checks and ingests the TLE bulletins useful to navigate the satellite It creates the satellite position velocity file for several days satpos file with the command satpostle With the date the time of the data and the satellite position file it gets the orbit number sdh2orbnum It distinguishes the pre NOAA K data TOVS data from NOAA KLM data ATOVS data and from NOAA N N data Then it calls different modules to make the decommutation navigation localisation calibration mapping cloud mask tasks decommutation hirscl hirscl_algoV4 msucl amsuacl amsubcl mhscl avhrel atovin atovpp avh2hirs For AVHRR HIRS and MSU before and after navigation calibratio
111. al positions Check consistency of different time stamps within the dataset Latitude longitude check scan to scan consistency and difference across the scan Reject scans with lunar contamination in space view Page 115 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 usage mwhs_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile If Output file is not specified the name of the output file is the same as the name of the input file except that the suffix is changed to 1c mwhs2_sdr mwhs2_sdr exe Convert MWHS2 SDR files in HDF 5 format to AAPP Ic format Usage is as above but for the MWTS2 instrument on FY 3C and later satellites Quality control is limited to checking the geolocation iras_sdr iras_sdr exe Convert IRAS SDR files in HDF 5 format to AAPP Ic format 4 2 INTERFACES Formats are detailed in the NWPSAF MF UD 003 AAPP documentation data formats For the input options and arguments see the paragraph 4 3 dynamic articulation 4 2 1 User input parameters in ATOVS ENV ATOVS ENV7 In AAPP versions 1 to 5 the ATOVS_ENV file was located in the user s home directory For AAPP version 6 or 7 ATOVS_ENV is now called ATOVS_ENV6 or 7 and it is by default located in the installation top directory This makes it easier to run different versions of AAPP on the same computer However the built in scripts do not source ATOVS_ENV6 or 7 directly they source a file ATOV
112. al unit 50 see decommutation ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libamsuacl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF amsua by the installation script A A A A A A Outputs LEVEL 1A DATA FILES Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for each instrument according to the input options one file for one instrument Files are named hrsn lib msun l1b aman lib ambn lib dcsn lib hrpt l1b Note that ambn 11b can contain either AMSU B or MHS data depending on the satellite Files are renamed at the end of AAPP RUN Page 122 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 hirslib_ SATIMG _ YYY YMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN I1b msullb_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN 11b amsuallb_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b amsubl1b_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b hrpt_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN NNNNN 11b with SATIMG satellite name example noaa16 YYYYMMDD year month day of data HHMN time of data NNNNN orbit number Each file contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line The size of the record depends on the instrument e 22016 bytes for AVHRR does not respect 1B NOAA size see AAPP documentation data formats 4608 bytes for HIRS 2560 bytes for AMSU A 3072 bytes for AMSU B MHS 1024 bytes for MSU e 10752 bytes for DCS Calibration and location fields are set
113. alculations This orbit contains the start time for the ephemeris It calls gstatc that gets the station coordinates lat lon alt from the file stations txt and then converts them into Greenwich cartesian coordinates TASK 3 POSITIONS CALCULATION FOR ALL THE GIVEN TIME PERIOD Igephe calls lge_ephe to calculate the ascending and descending node times starting and ending acquisition time for each station of the list Information are stored into the long term ephemeris file Ige_ephe calculates loop on every orbit from the reference orbit the ascending and descending node times Then every orbit is cut out in calculation interval t1 t2 with step duration and we test for each station loop on station if there is a starting or ending time included in this interval In that case time and transition nature starting or ending time into the reception area is precisely determined To manage those tasks Ige_ephe calls subroutines satpoc calculates satellite position for each calculation step according to a circular orbit trackang calculates satellite position in local station coordinates then test if the satellite comes into or leaves a station area loop on stations instatc calculates with a dichotomic method starting or ending acquisition time into considered time interval assuming circular orbit loop on stations wephmes is called each time different ephemeris messages had to be writen into the output file Modul
114. alls to the errorreport subroutine and numdays function have not be written ioaib ioaic infdf c2upper inamooinit moon_position inamoontest moon_amsua inamsa inamooncorr modifycoefs ioaib inahdr convday N timeadd inaget insuma ape J __timesub Figure 4 19 INAMSA module hierarchy HA i This task requires the level 1b files of each instrument together with fdf dat and stxl mar9Ycorr dat resource files It applies calibration coefficients computed by atovel to output counts to produce radiances Then it performs radiance conversion to brightness temperature for each channel This results in one file for each instrument containing navigated data converted to brightness temperature Those files represent the level 1c of the processing chain TASK 1 INITIALISATION This task performs all the set up operations for the program atovin The subroutine inuser performs the reading of the list of instruments to process from standard input It performs also the set up of the logical units associated with the instruments data I O files and the fixed data file see next chapter The subroutine insetu performs all the initialisations needed for atovin processing It performs fixed data file reading infdf and defines bit numbers convention used in 1b amp 1c files is that an integer 4 word has bits numbered 0 31 with bit 0
115. ally the user input options file decommutation inp and the program is then launched with the user options file as input decommutation exe lt decommutation inp The log of the program execution is saved in the output file decommutation log At the end for HIRS MSU AMSU A and AMSU B the script calls chk1btime script inside decommutation ksh file to correct scan line datation for level 1 b files chklbtime script needs one argument the complete name of the level 1b file see also the reference manual man pages chk btime 1 The log file are saved in the output files decommutation log Lastly it deletes the input file decommutation inp and the different links Usage is decommutation A_TOVS decommutation par FILE The 3 arguments are obligatory A_TOVS TOVS for satellite number lt or 14 Page 153 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 A_TOVS ATOVS for satellite number gt 14 In the decommutation par file options are written in this order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 IOPTION NUMBERS lu1 lu2 lu3 lud lus lu6 lu7 lu8 lu9 lu10 lu11 lu12 STREAM NO S YEAR year of the data 0 operational mode NNNNN NNNNN start and end orbit numbers with 1 0 or 1 for level of error logging 2 0 or 1 for HIRS 3 or HIRS 4 1 indicates extract HIRS 3 or HIRS 4 data 3 0 or 1 for AMSU AI 1 indicat
116. alternative syntax for backward compatibility with AAPP version 5 and earlier is atovpp AJTOVS h in which case if the h argument is absent only the HIRS grid is generated If the h argument is present HIRS and AMSU B grids are generated Page 156 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc D NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 4 3 15 Description of the script AVH2HIRS The script reads the parameters file ATOVS_ENV to get the conditions of the run It makes links in input with the following files invokes maia2_env for forecast climatologies threshold files e AVHRR level 1b e HIRS level 1d From the HIRS level 1d file it determines the satellite and datation by using the command I1didf which opens the file and reads the header e Forecast It uses the date to determine the time nearest theforecast file Two format are possible grib and ascii Of course to read the grib format the user should first implement the grib library which could be requested at software servicea ecmwf int If no forecast file is available for the date the command continues without forecast information and send a warning message For users who get the grib forecast information in 2 separate files the command makes the concatenation of the 2 files into a temporary file e Climatologies the month of the level 1d acquisition is used to sopecify the correct climatologic files of albedo sst and specific humidities e T
117. ance in line default value 3 maiad file source codes description source code file dependencies AAPP src maiad bin directory maia_Viirs F main program MAIA4_RUN ksh main script for run maia4 on all VIIRS SDR granule in a directory this script call the maia4 ksh script for each M geolocation SDR granule present in the input directory maia4 ksh script to be run on an M geolocation SDR granule I SDR and M SDR granule are supposed to be found in the same directory of the geolocation granule Maia4 ksh can work either with GMODO files or with GMTCO files maia4 ksh uses the korn shell functions of maia_env ksh and maia4_date ksh Page 175 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 maia_env ksh script for initialising maia4 environment Contains the following functions function get_forecast_file function get_climatology_file function maia4_env function remove maiad env maia_date ksh provides functions for date computations read_maiaCT F90 this program is an example of how to read with the aapp_viirs API the maia cloud mask Usage is read_maiaCT exe viiCT file This program creates 3 files fort 20 with longitude latitude cloud_mask fort 21 with longitude latitide mask_confidence fort 23 with longitude latitude cloud type 1 p Libraries AAPP src maiad libmaiad contains the core of Maiad source files maia F90 SUB
118. and 3 desert 4 ephemeral water 17 pixel snow ice 0 no I yes night day 18 cloud type 0 non processed no data or corrupted data 1 cloud free land 2 cloud free sea 3 land contaminated by snow 4 sea contaminated by snow ice 5 very low clouds Page 188 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 11 high opaque clouds 13 very high opaque clouds 15 thin semitransparent clouds 16 meanly thick semitransparent clouds 17 thick semitransparent clouds 18 semitransparent above low or medium clouds 19 fractional clouds sub pixel water clouds 20 undefined undefined by CMa 19 cloud phase 0 Not Executable 1 Clear from Confidently Clear pixels 2 Partly Cloudy from Probably Clear and Cloudy pixels 3 Water Cloud 4 Supercooled Water or Mixed Phase Cloud 5 Opaque Ice Cloud 6 Cirrus Non Opaque Cloud 7 Cloud Overlap 20 thin cirrus detected0 no 1 yes 21 cloud shadow detected 0 no 1 yes COR RC ER RE 22 cloud opacity 0 no l yes 23 cloud top temperature K for confident cloudy and opaque 24 cloud top pressure hPa for confident cloudy and opaque using NWP profile 25 Heavy aerosol 0 no 1 yes 26 Dust 0 no l yes 27 Volcanic Ash 0 no l yes 28 Smoke 0 no l yes 29 Fire 0 no l yes 30 Moderate pixel texture 0 no l yes input output type debug
119. and its data are used by the subroutine pplut In the case of IASI in addition to reading the IASI fdf file ppifdf also reads the files of reference eigenvectors for Principal Components analysis These are normally generated by EUMETSAT and distributed in HDF5 format They include the noise normalization function If required a file giving the data required to transform from gaussian apodisation to self apodisation can be read referred to as an MTF modulation transfer function correction ppsetup also reads the AMSU B scattering parameters that are used for the NWCSAF scattering and precipitation indices read nwcsaf scat params It then calculates start end date times for the processing and computes the number of blocks of data to process pptime Data are processed in blocks of time interval dt dt should be flexible but the intention is that it should be as long as possible within memory limitations It could be one complete overpass for locally received data 15 minutes or even one complete orbit for global data 100 minutes but for small machines it may be less than these The value of dt is set in the include file ppparms h Before pre processing there is the creation of a LUT for each instrument by calling pplut The main task of this subroutine is performed by the subroutine lutmap It identifies those mapping fovs which are close to colocated with target fovs calls internal subroutines ellipse location a
120. ary HIRS decom hirs metop hirs main exe AVHRR decom avhrr metop avhrr main exe MHS decom mhs metop mhs main exe AMSUA decom amsua metop amsua main exe In order to process level 0 data each main program implements five routines for instance hirs main c contains the definition of the following routines e hirs 11b_ open e hirs 11b write header e hirs lIb write record e hirs 11b write dummy e hirs 11b close Each of these routines call the Fortran routines of AAPP we list here what those routines are for each instrument AVHRR HIRS MHS AMSUA 11b open Fortran open Fortran open Fortran open Fortran open l1b write header avhhdw hrshdw mhshdw amahdw 11b_write_ record avhrdc hirout amsout amsout 11b_write_dummy avhrdc hirout amsout amsout 11b_ close Fortran close Fortran close Fortran close Fortran close In common main c the main loop for level O processing is implemented subroutine common_loop This processing loop is used for AVHRR HIRS and MHS AMSUA data processing requires its own loop because of the two sub instruments AMSUA1 and AMSUA2 The processing loop reads level 0 data using the library libeps_metoplO and passes instrument data packets to AAPP using the five routines described above CCSDS packets are decoded using libccsds and UTC time is computed from OBT using libobtutc AAPP libf7tp and libsatid are used too Page 45 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NW
121. asque applies the cloud mask on the BT tavh_el and radiance ellipse arrays ravh_el The combinations of tests and the thresholds applied to generate the cloud mask depend on the surface type sea land or coast the solar zenith angle which determines the period of the day daytime night time dawn and whether or not there is specular refection during daytime sunglint determined by the subroutine glint There is a specific subroutine for each case e testsd sea daytime testcd coast daytime testld land daytime or sunglint e testsg sea sunglint testeg coast sunglint e testsn sea night time testen coast night time testIn land night time e testst sea dawn testct coast dawn testlt land dawn For more details on applied tests and thresholds see subroutines description or scientific documentation A pixel is declared clear if the combination of tests is successful So for each channel temperatures tavh_el and radiances ravh_el of the pixel are transferred to the corresponding clear arrays tavh_cl and ravh_cl Once the mask is applied statistics are computed for clear pixels averages tmoy_cl for each channel xavg and the channel 4 standard deviation std4_cl Using that the 13 parameters of the local mode are computed for the HIRS target fov and stored into the array targ_bts These 13 parameters are as follow 1 percentage
122. at the format of level Ic file is compatible with this subroutine Calls ErrorReport to print a warning if there is a problem Lastly it sets up level 1d header Writing is performed by calling the I O routine for level 1d data ioX1d m where X a for AMSU A b for AMSU B h for HIRS and i for IASI and m added if we process TOVS data 4 1 20 Modify the ATMS beam width ATMS_BEAMWIDTH script ATMS_BEAMWIDTH EXE Modify the ATMS beam width for a level Ic file The input and output beam widths for each ATMS channel are specified in a data file given by environment variable ATMS_BEAMWIDTH_FILE default atms_beamwidth dat in DIR_PREPROC For more information on ATMS beam manipulation see 37 document NWPSAF MO UD 027 appendix to AAPP scientific documentation Note If outfile is not specified then the input file is over written 4 1 21 Modify the MWTS2 or MWHS2 beam width MWTS2_BEAMWIDTH and MWHS2_BEAMWIDTH scripts MWTS2_BEAMWIDTH EXE and MWHS2_BEAMWIDTH EXE Modify the MWTS2 MWHS2 beam width for a level Ic file The input and output beam widths for each channel are specified in a data file given by environment variable S MWTS2 BEAMWIDTH FILE default mwts2_beamwidth dat in DIR_PREPROC and similarly for MWHS2 The method is similar to that used for ATMS The default files specify 3x3 averaging 4 1 22 Mapping AVHRR to HIRS Cloud Mask AVH2HIRS script AVH2HIRS EXE or AVH2HIRS_ATOVS EXE Page 91 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATI
123. ates mapped Page 84 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 BTs using weights from the LUT and finally tests if all AMSU A fovs have the same surface type and sets a flag accordingly Note The method used here was considerably simplified from the one used in the earliest versions of AAPP in which care was taken only to map AMSU A fovs with the same surface type and cloud classification The original method would often find only one suitable AMSU A fov for each of several HIRS fovs and so re use it several times The resulting mapped values were then blotchy The current method chooses all nearby AMSU A fovs with a valid BT It takes no account of surface type and cloud in the mapping but flags are set if the AMSU A fovs are not of identical surface type and if any is flagged for cloud The subroutine ppm2h maps MSU fovs to an individual HIRS fov It selects mapping fovs from those given and derives brightness temperatures and other parameters at the specific target fov After initialisation the routine first tries only those fovs with primary calibration Otherwise it accepts those with secondary calibration It sets flags and surface types before the calculation of mapped BTs Note that MSU fovs are accepted irrespective of surface type however a flag is set if the surface type of any of those selected differs from that of the HIRS fov The subroutine ppb2a or p
124. ation writes the results and closes the statistics file avhclex updates header and closes the AVHRR level 1b file 4 1 18 ATOVS sounders calibration ATOVIN script and ATOVIN EXE Page 69 202 NWP SAF AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae Version NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 06 May 2015 M atovin K Figure 4 18 ATOVIN module hierarchy inuser c2upper c2upper infdf insetu convday inhhdr a timeadd va us inhget insuma j inhirs Z inhprc timesub ioh1b p byteswap1b iohic wordswap inamsa __inmhshdr convday See its own modules nepar ponvday hierarchy if timeadd inbget insuma inmhsget ao limeadd AR inamsb insuma inbprc timesub iob1b byteswap1b iomhs1b byteswap1b iobic wordswap amb_getcorr amb_getstx1 amb_earthcorr infdf c2upper inmhdr convday inmget timeadd inmsu inmprc timesub iom1b byteswap1b iomic wordswap Page 70 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Pec D ARR UO NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 To simplify the diagram c
125. ation cycle calculates the internal warm target IWT temperature For each individual active PRT it gets a sample of PRT readings from the internal warm target scan line and from a specified number of scan lines before the IWT scan line and another specified number of scan lines after the WT scan line h_iwttmp_algoV4 tests the PRT readings before being used in the mean calculation The mean of the PRT readings is converted to temperature The final IWT temperature is computed by averaging the temperatures from the 4 5 for NOAA N individual active PRTs array iwttmp The quality control parameters array is updated h_iwtrad_algoV4 converts the IWT temperatures into radiances array iwtrad using the Planck function applying bands correction for each channel and each calibration cycle h cntmn algoV4 for each calibration cycle of the orbit for each space and internal warm target lines registered during an orbit and for each channel filters numerical counts CN and computes the CN mean Those values are stored in arrays spcntmn space and iwtcntmn internal warm target h_BBinterslop for each calibration cycle and each channel computes the Black Body BB or raw slope auto coefficient 1 the BB or raw intercept auto coefficient 0 and third coefficient auto coefficient 2 that is equal at zero for the moment array calibcoef0 The coefficients of the visible channel are not measured in flight h_BBslopcontrol controls the q
126. ation on the state of the atmosphere and the surface MAIAv4 needs NWP model fields The location of the NWP model fields can be defined with the DIR FORECAST environment variable The format of the NWP model fields is supposed to be the GRIB format TheECMWF GRIB_API package is used for reading of the GRIB files This software cannot process VIIRS SDR aggregate files For further information refer to the MAIA4 scientific user manual and AAPP DOCUMATION DATA FORMATS Page 173 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION io 6 maia read Viirs maia Analyse field maia VerifMissing fields maia_ setup maia_Viirs maia Read Clim maia_Read_ Prev maia_Read_Topo maia_GetClim maia_GetPrev maia_B ox_GetTopd maia_GetPrev maia_CMa_IceN maia_Thres_reset maia_CMa_IceD maia_GetThres_CMa maia_Pixel_reset maia_CMa_SD maia_GetThres_CT maia_CMa_SG a maia_PixEnv_reset maia_Fill_Input_Virrs maia CMa SN maia_Pr_InfoPix y EE EE maia CMa ST mala maia_Snowlce_surf maia_Write_ViiCT_hdf5 maia_CMa_LD maia_Cloud_Mask maia_CMa_LN maia_Cloud_Type maia_CMa_LT maia_Cloud_Pressure maia_CMa_CD maia_Fill_ Output maia_CMa_CG Figure 4 35 MAIA4 components Page 174 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF
127. been taken into account in level 1a clkerr_get e Initialise navigation parameters TASK 2 CALCULATION OF THE IMAGE NAVIGATION PARAMETERS h_loc m_loc ama_loc amb_loc mhs_loc check if the clock error has already been applied If not applied the time and clock flag control of every line of data are modified and updated for level 1b They call the routine nav_I1blin nav_1blin computes the navigation variables of the level 1b for one scanning line and for one instrument number It calls the following routines and functions genattid Iptoviewvect intposvel snagre earthpix All information on default attitude misalignment and description of instruments scanning functions is stored in a satellite identification file see satid 5 libsatid 3 genscid and genattid returns the nominal attitude mode of the satellite The different attitude modes that can be considered are local normal pointing mode yaw steering mode geocentric mode Iptoviewvect converts the line and pixel numbers into the viewed vector smes in the spacecraft fixed reference frame Rs see 17 4 This routines takes into account the scanning geometry of the instrument intposvel interpolates a 3 order polynomial interpolation the satellite position and relative velocity in Greenwich reference frame in the SATPOS file for a given pixel time This time is included into a t2 t3 interval of which position and velocity are referenced into SATPOS These 2 points are
128. bg num_can box reflec thvis_land sn16 input output INTEGER INTENT in num_can type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box REAL INTENT in reflec nbreflecsol nbreflecsat nbreflecazi 3 type maia_VISThresTables intent in thvis land tabulated threshold REAL INTENT out sn16 Page 193 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 maia_Inland_Water F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Inland_Water idbg pix_id pix looks to small surfaces of water from imager channels from toa ndvi input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix info INTENT nout pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix maia_Interp_InGrid F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Interp_InGrid tab rpg rlg value interpolation between the 4 nodes of the grid input output REAL INTENT in tab 2 2 REAL INTENT in rpg rlg REAL INTENT out value maia_Interp_InLut F90 FUNCTION maia_Interp_InLut tab difsec difw iw isec input output REAL INTENT n tab nb_w nb_sec REAL INTENT in difsec difw INTEGER INTENT in iw isec maia_Interp_Plog F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Interp_Plog pi ti pf tf ni nf logarithm interpolation on pressures input output INTEGER INTENT in ni nf REAL INTENT in pi ni ti ni pf nf REAL INTENT out tf nf maia_Lon_Norm F9
129. but generated automatically for down stream use 48 for IASI_noise dat IASI noise profile for all 8461 channels 49 for DeApod_ratio txt data to allow de apodisation of IASI data Located in the directory AAPP src preproc libatovpp and copied into the directory DIR_PREPROC by the installation script LUT FIXED DATA FILE Sequential file in ASCII text Named LUT fdf containing time angle corrections for the mappings between instrument grids Data can depend on the satellite Self documented lines of comments begin with Time and angle corrections can be specified for any and all possible mappings If corrections for a mapping are not specified in the file then ATOVPP sets them to zero ATOVPP will read the file until it comes to a line that isn t a comment line in column one It will interpret the line by looking for the satellite name e g 14 for NOAA 14 and also picking out the Page 138 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 first two instrument names that it recognises The first is taken as the mapping instrument and the second as the target It then reads the corrections ATOVPP will not read beyond a line with END as the first 3 characters Associated with logical unit 50 see atovpp ksh Located Located in the directory AAPP src preproc libatovpp and copied into the directory DIR_PREPROC by the installation script TOPOGR
130. cast air surface temperatures at 2 meters precipitable water if available the atmospheric profile needed if precipitable water is not available and altitude of the nodes of the grid To get the details of the files see modules lec_previ lec_previ_ascii lec_previ_grib_api stc preproc libmaia 2 1 Associated with constant logical units iuforecast 32 see maia2 env ksh Located in the directory DIR_FORECAST THRESHOLD CONSTANT FOR CLOUD MASK These local thresholds for Lannion are set up in the include file maia h Units are K 100 or degres 100 when used in difference of 2 temperatures ex cst_ir 1000 is the constant in K for IR threshold cst_45s 300 is the constant in degrees for the threshold used in the test of the temperature difference of channel 4 and 5 over the sea THRESHOLD FILES FOR CLOUD MASK ASCII files 7 thresholds files named xx satellite number T45_mercot_ 3 3_noaaxx dta sea coast day night T35_mercot_ 3 3_noaaxx dta sea coast day night T43_mercot_ 3 3_noaaxx dta sea coast day night T45_veget_ 10 10_noaaxx dta land vegetation day T45_ veget_ 3 5_noaaxx dta land vegetation night T45_ veget_ 3 5_noaaxx dta land vegetation night T45_ veget_ 3 5_noaaxx dta land vegetation night Used to determine the thresholds depending of the total water vapor content and the secant of the zenith angle Associated with constant logical units see maia2_env ksh 70 for t45_merco
131. clear AVHRR in HIRS FOV 100 2 surface temperature K 100 3 climatological temperature or t2m K 100 4 mean AVHRR channel 3 over HIRS FOV degK 100 Page 96 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 5 mean AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 6 mean AVHRR channel 5 over HIRSFOV degK 100 7 black body coverage in HIRS FOV degK 100 8 top cloud temperature over HIRS FOV degK 100 9 std top cloud temperature over HIRS FOV degK 100 10 mean clear AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 11 mean clear AVHRR channel 5 over HIRS FOV degK 100 12 std AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 13 std clear AVHRR channel 4 over HIRS FOV degK 100 TASK 5 WRITING OUTPUT FILES Each HIRS data line is read from HIRS level 1d file and stored in the corresponding 1d common ioh1dm or ioh1d Then for each of the 56 fovs of the HIRS target line the 13 AVHRR parameters are set up with corresponding values of the array targ bts The result is stored in a buffer hrsd1d_avhrr 56 13 included in the common of the HIRS 1d line This common is then written into the HIRS level 1d record ioh1dm or ioh1d For each target fov statistics are computed on the difference between brightness temperatures BTs of the HIRS channel 8 H8 and mean BTs of the AVHRR channel 4 A4 First the following calculations are made on H8 A4 sum for each colum
132. cter len intent in filename character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB type viirs_sdr_geo intent inout x integer intent out err subroutine viirs_sdr_geo_save filename bandname x err saves Geolocation for a given band to an HDFS file filename Input output character len intent in filename character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB type viirs_sdr_geo intent in x integer intent out err logical optional intent in compress subroutine viirs_sdr_data_proc x err processing of the data part of the structure viirs_sdr_data applies scaling factors according to channels Input output type viirs_sdr_data intent inout x integer intent out err logical optional intent in clean if TRUE remove unsed arrays subroutine viirs_sdr_geo_proc x att err processing of the geelocation structure viirs_sdr_geo calculates the TAI offset and calculates the UTC time for each scan Input output type viirs_sdr_geo intent inout x type jpss meta aggregate intent in att integer intent out err subroutine viirs_sdr_checkaggregate x y err verifies agg_att Y viirs_sdr_agg_att is the same as the one contained in X viirs_sdr Page 171 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 Input output type viirs_sdr intent inout x type jpss m
133. d for each channel and view Usage atmslc print nedt lt ATMS Ic file gt 4 4 VIIRS TOOLS AND MAIA4 This section describes the tools for handling VIIRS data including MAIA4 that were introduced with AAPP v7 5 4 4 1 Decode and concatenate Sensor Data Record granule files for VIIRS Note The tool viirs paste sdr was written before the release of hdf5 tool nagg It is strongly recommended to use nagg as it is appreciably faster especially on machines with limited memory Usage is viirs_paste_sdr exe lt viirs_paste_sdr in where viirs_paste_sdr in contains the name of the output hdf5 file followed by the names of all SDR VIIRS granule M or I or DNB to be read and concatenated and followed by the word compress or uncompress Page 167 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 viirs_paste_sdr exe creates an hdf5 file with the same structure of the original VIRS SDR files where all channels are present and all granules are concatenated If present the scale factors for brightness temperature or reflectance are applied viirs_paste_sdr exe must be called separately for either I M or DNB channels This tool require AAPP to have been built with the HDF5 Fortran library Example list ls S input_dir SVI h5 input_dir GITCO h5 outfilename viirs_i_ YYYYMMDD _ HHMNSS _ NNNNN h5 echo Soutfilename gt vii
134. d ascending node time of the first orbit after the TBUS date e tb_forb calculates the orbit number for the given date from the nodal period and the initial ascending node time 4 1 5 Satellite and image navigation initialization with Two Line Element sets GET_TLE script TLEING script TLEING EXE and satellite position and velocity SATPOSTLE script SATPOSTLE EXE Module GET_TLE See also reference manual pages get_tle tleing tle 5 This script allows the retrieval of the most recent Two Line bulletin s tle from the web site Space Track or Celestrak using the GNU command wget Default connection is to www space track org and the file identification number 7 is retreived number for weather satellites All parameters are configured in the ATOVS_ENV file and are self documented At time of writing default values are the only possible ones except for the username and password that must be requested individually by the user to the Space Track web site TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETERS READING get_tle gets e Home directory of the TLE files The URL for login The URL for download The user name and password for Space Track connection The time out for connections Page 31 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 TASK 2 LOGIN Sends a wget commands that logins and store cookies in a temporary file TASK 3 DOWNLOAD AND STORE Sends a wget c
135. d closes the file avhcal txt containing the useful parameters for satellite specific calibration avh_get reads the AVHRR level 1a file only the part needed by calibration and stores the data into memory avh_qc checks the quality of each AVHRR scan line from the file and flags the lines having bad scan numbers inside the level 1b file Bad line numbers are corrected avh gc gets the first calibration sequence from the data TASK 2 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The result of this task is the calibration coefficients for each channel and each scan line avh_cal manages the main loop for AVHRR calibration e initialises thermistors PRT counts arrays avh_iprt for each calibration cycle fills the count arrays for the 4 PRTs fills the IWT count arrays and the space count arrays avh_gvie pass Gross and Sigma filters to eliminate noisy counts avh_filt computes coefficients for each AVHRR calibration cycle converts mean PRT counts to mean IWT temperature computes target radiance and deduces G D coefficients avh_ccof and calibration coefficients k1 k2 k3 and linearises avh_lico the coefficients for each scan line TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of the calibration coefficients in the AVHRR level 1a resource file Statistics results are stored into the file monavhr txt avh_put updates data in the AVHRR level 1b file avh_clst finishes the statistic calculation relative to calibr
136. d to handle the data related to the IASI OPS LRS OPS LRS needs several files as input an OBT file that includes the difference between the atomic time and the UTC time The modules eps_metop10 obt xml ksh eps_metopl0 obt xml c create this file from the IASI PFS LO an OSV file that contains data related to satellite manoeuvres messages osv ksh messages osv pl create this file from the ADMIN message an SVM file that includes the start and the end of the shadow satpos svm ksh satpos svm pl create this file from the satpos file The following modules are used to switch delivered files from big endian to little endian cnes_iasi_brd swapb ksh cnes_iasi_brd swapb c cnes_iasi_grd swapb ksh cnes_iasi_grd swapb c cnes_iasi_ctx swapb ksh cnes_iasi_ctx swapb c cnes_iasi_odb swapb ksh cnes_iasi_odb swapb c A script convert_config_files ksh may be used to check all the configuration files and convert them as Page 14 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 necessary Note that for OPS LRS v6 0 onwards the configuration files must be in big endian format for earlier versions they were required to be in native endian format Once the IASI PFS LIC has been generated it is converted to an AAPP format to be ingested in the pre processing step 2 atovpp This task is done by convert_iasilc ksh convert_iasilc c 3 2 INTERFACES Each step described above is followed by a refere
137. dcorr amb loc amb testnewbias amb calcorrect hdibnav function ord1bid function noascnam amb initcl A function noascid amb_status mie o henv _ mil amb moon _ambompm asma mas amb_moon moon amsu amb smpmn amsubcl amb_iwttmp prtchk l amedian l P plank ambhdw amb avg amb_cal l amb_updt A ambclexit l Figure 4 15 Flow chart on the AMSUBCL module components ambdtr ambdtw Page 62 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines of the libf7ml library have not been written This task requires the AMSU B level la amsub_clcoefs dat amsub_clparams dat and amsub_bias dat resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION The user chooses his input options script amsubel and ambclin The main program is AMSUBCL that calls many routines ambclin reads the input options and stores them in a table ambsetu opens the log debug file amsubcl log and the statistic file monamsub txt if requested It opens and reads the AMSU B level la file the data are ranged in commons amb_Ibhd include amblb h header and scan include ambscn h data ambsetu calls amb_readcorr to read bias correction tables and stores in level 1b header It calls amb_testnewbias to detect pre
138. dummy lines may exists at the beginning of the file A line with the string satpos indicates the actual beginning of the file The file header contains following information names of satellite and station start date number of day calculation time step type research criteria of the orbital bulletin and name of orbital bulletin orbital parameters date semi major axis km eccentricity inclination deg perigee argument deg right ascension deg mean anomaly deg x y z positions km vx vy vz velocities km s ground station coordinates latitude longitude deg altitude km min visibility deg Each data line contains step number position vector inertial velocity vector orbit number satellite in daylight 0 or night time 1 conditions satellite seen from the station 0 yes 1 no More details are given in satpos 5 SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text in standard output The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Page 121 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 4 2 10 Inputs outputs for decommutation DECOMMUTATION Inputs RAW DATA LEVELO Unpacked HRPT minor frame s coming from the center specific module closely connected to the hardware The HRPT minor frame is an array of 11090 words made of the 10 bits HRPT words right justified in 16 bit words
139. e file for a given Satellite and date This module is of high interest and does some similar work as alleph but the major purpose is that this module concerns only one satellite and creates the core navigation files for a given date while allpeh creates also the tracking files Sateph should be started before any new pass or once a day Suggestion is to start sateph between the series of passes for a local station in order to get benefit from the newest orbital elements retrieved by get_tle or any similar tool also start sateph before midnight for the next day ie sateph s noaal8 d 1 sateph stores the outputs in the AAPP operational environment satpos files in DIR_NAVIGATION satpos and ephemeris files in DIR_NAVIGATION ephe TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETER READING It gets e input command line parameters satellite bulletin type date number of days station name e if bulletin type is missing it search in the global variable TASK 2 INITIALISATION If bulletin type is missing it search in the global variable PAR_NAVIGATION_DEFAULT_LISTEBUL the corresponding bulletin type for the satellite From bulletin type it defines e the name of the satpos command satpost for TBUS satpostle for 2 Line spatposspm for SPOT e the file name for the bulletin index TASK 3 RESULTS For each satellite of the list sateph e execute the satpos command see above and stores the result in the operational environment with
140. e ALLEPH See also reference manual pages alleph 1 allephe is the script that allows to run the NOAA ephemeris scheme for the short term It runs for one acquisition station and loops on a satellite list allephe calls satpost exe or satpostle exe or satposspm exe or satposa exe to create the satpos file see above ephe exe for ephemeris tracking exe to compute tracking angles Then mixes the satellites and identifies antenna conflicts by calling antenft exe driftephe exe Module EPHE EPHE EXE See also reference manual pages ephe 1 lgephe 5 ephe 5 ephe is a navigation tool useful to produce an ephemeris file which contains the times of the ascending and descending nodes the times of start and end of acquisition It produces a short term ephemeris file corresponding to duration of the input SATPOS file which is relative to one satellite and one station To do this ephe calls a main subroutine sp_ephe TASK 1 INITIALISATION sp_ephe reads the header of the SATPOS file checks whether the input period of time is included in the SATPOS period of time if not the error flag ierr it set to 1 and determines the position velocity number of calculation steps to read sp_ephe calls initrack to calculate station values useful for the tracking angles calculations The station is known in Greenwich reference frame by its geographic coordinates latitude longitude Page 110 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF U
141. e Sounder ATOVS Advanced TIROS Vertical Sounder AVHRR Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer Attitude Satellite orientation according the 3 axes yaw roll pitch Bb black body Brolyd Brouver Lyddane Orbit extrapolation model algorithm for TBUS bulletin CMS Centre de M t orologie Spatiale M t o France CNES Centre National d tudes Spatiales CrIS Cross track Infrared Sounder DCS Data Collection System Descending node LNA equator satellite crossing when it comes from north pole Page 10 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 DMSP Defense Meteorological Satellite Program DWSS Defense Weather Satellite System Earth s precession Slow conical motion of the Earth rotation axis around a mean position corresponding to a normal direction to the ecliptic plane Ecliptic plane The Earth orbital plane around the Sun ECMWEF European Center for Medium Weather Forecasting Ephemeris The list of the times of various events as ascending and descending nodes start and end of acquisition by a station EPS EUMETSAT Polar System FOV Field Of View GAC Global Area Coverage HIRS High Resolution Infra Red Sounder HRPT High Resolution Picture Transmission IASI Infrared Atmospheric Sounding Interferometer IFOV Instantaneous Field Of View IJPS Initial Joint Polar System Image navigation Conversion of line and pixel numbers int
142. e allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 13 see hirscl_algoV4 ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libhirscl_algoV4 and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF hirs by the installation script Outputs HIRS LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named hrsn l1b File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN hirsl1b_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN l1b Compared to level la structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 11 see hirscl_algo V4 ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation HIRS_HISTORIC TXT Formated file in ASCII text Contains values of various parameters used into the calculation of the calibration coefficients and later used to compute the b1 coefficients and the average slopes 70 lines added for one qualified calibration cycle of an orbit Can contain values for several orbit runs The script hirs_historic_file_manage ksh manges the file When the file has a number of lines superior to a define number see hirs_historic_file_manage ksh it is copied to hirs_historic txt 0 file If hirs_historic txt 0 file already exists it is moved to hirs_historic txt 1 to hirs_historic txt max can be stored see hirs_historic_file_manage ksh for max The final part of HIST is remained in HIST Associated with logical unit 15 see hirscl_algoV4 ksh Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATI
143. e contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line The record size 29808 bytes Each record contains brightness temperatures time lat long view angles altitude and attitude quality control info Associated with logical units AVH1Dunit see ATOVS_ENV7 Located in the directory WRK To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named maia3_main log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK File is renamed at the end of MAIA3_RUN maia3_main_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN log 4 2 26 Inputs outputs for conversion AVHRR AAPP lib format to AVHRR PFSL1B format aapp eps_avhrrlib Inputs AVHRR LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named hrpt lib File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN hrpt_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN 11b Compared to level 1a structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 10 see avhrel ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation Outputs AVHRR PFS LEVEL 1B DATA FILE 4 2 27 Inputs outputs for SATEPH navigation tool sateph calls modules satposxxx exe and ephe For the different files the origin of inputs and outputs have been specified Page 145 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESC
144. e not used input output type debug INTENT in integer intent in Nb_pixels Nb_Lines size of input tab real intent in tab Nb_pixels Nb_Lines real intent in valmanq real intent out valmin maia_ValMoy F90 subroutine maia_ValMoy idbg nx ny tab valmanq moy computation of mean on the tab s missing values are not used in Statistics input output type debug INTENT inout integer intent in mx ny real intent in tab nx ny real intent in valmanq real intent out moy maia_reset_CMa F90 SUBROUTINE maia_reset_CMa idbg Cma input output type debug INTENT in idbg type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa maia_setup F90 SUBROUTINE maia_setup idbg field_id tabsea tabland tabopaq amp input output type debug INTENT in idbg Type field_info INTENT in field_id type maia_ThresTables_sea intent out tabsea tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant Page 198 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pate type maia_ThresTables_land intent out tabland tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_ThresTables_opaq intent out tabopaq tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_VISThresTables intent out thvis_sea tabulated threshold type maia_VISThresTables intent out thvis_land tabulated threshold mod_ma
145. e orbital bulletin emitted by NOAA NESDIS TIP TIROS Information Processor TIROS Television Infrared Observation Satellite TLE Two Line elements name of the orbital bulletin emmited by NORAD TOVS TIROS Operational Vertical Sounder VIIRS Visible Infrared Imager Radiometer Suite VIS Visible 3 SOFTWARE ORGANISATION DESCRIPTION 3 1 SOFTWARE GENERAL ORGANISATION AAPP version 7 presents three distinct components The core AAPP task performing the same functions as AAPP version 6 located under the directory AAPP but now it includes NPP specific routines Tools to interface the core AAPP with the specific formats of METOP data located under the directory metop tools A suite for processing IASI data to level 1c based on the CNES supplied IASI OPS Operational Software named OPS LRS for Local Reception Station The OPS LRS package has its own self contained directory structure but to run it requires the use of a set of tools containing format libraries conversion tools etc located under the directory iasi tools 3 1 1 The core AAPP The core AAPP can be broken down into seven major tasks Ingest step 1 Decommutation only useful for direct acquisition of NOAA satellite data Page 12 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 Ingest step 2 Calculation of calibration coefficients satellite navigation localisation Preprocessing step 1 a
146. e overlapping the orbit with the higher priority is kept and the other ones are identified as conflict orbits The orbit duration is not taken into account No margin is considered to identify overlapping orbits For conflict orbits the event field of the ephemeris message becomes start conflict or stop conflict Module DRIFTEPHE DRIFTEPHE EXE It drifts the time of start of acquisition for a number of seconds Modules TBUSDISP TBUSDISP EXE See also reference manual pages tbusdisp 1 tbusdisp exe displays the content of a TBUS file for any satellite by calling tb_gnv that gets the nearest valid tbus filename from the index file tb_glpv that gets the last preceding valid tbus filename from the index file tb_de that decodes the TBUS Part IV orbital elements clkerr_de that decodes the clock error values stored in the plain language message at the end of the TBUS Part IV Modules TLEPRINT TLEPRINT EXE See also reference manual page tleprint 1 tleprint exe displays the content of a Two Line file for any satellite by calling tle_de that decodes the TLE orbital elements Page 112 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 4 1 32 BUFR tools AAPP_DECODEBUFR_1C script and AAPP_DECODEBUFR_1C EXE AAPP_ENCODEBUFR_1C script and AAPP_ENCODEBUFR_1C EXE These tools allow the decoding and encoding of BUFR level 1c data for AMSU MHS HIRS and
147. e parts of the format are fixed and other parts will be customised to fit the requirements of individual centers The AMSU A and B level 1d formats may need to be expanded to accommodate extra mappings A change in format will require changes in the ppXouth an ppXoutd routines SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named atovpp log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 23 Inputs outputs for mapping cloud mask AVHRR to HIRS AVH2HIRS Inputs USER INPUT PARAMETERS IN ATOVS_ENV Set up in the following run conditions DIR_FORECAST source directory of the forecast DIR_MAIA2_ATLAS source directory of the climatologies DIR_MAIA2_THRESHOLDS source directory of the threshold files FORECAST FORMAT grib or ascii NFORPERDAY number of possible forecast per day def 4 HIRS LEVEL 1D DATA FILE Named hirs l1d Outputs of the atovpp pre processing task of mapping AMSU A AMSU B or MSU into a HIRS grid Associated with logical unit 12 see avh2hirs ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of atovpp AVHRR LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Direct access and unformatted binary file Page 140 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Named hrpt l1b Output of avhrel AVHRR calibration and localisation task File
148. eck that the brightness temperatures are within reasonable bounds substituting missing values if they are not e it writes out for each instruments separately Earth located brightness temperatures in level 1c format This task is performed by calling the subroutines inhirs inamsa inamsb and inmsu respectively for level 1b HIRS AMSU A AMSU B MHS and MSU data In the following part the X depends on the sounder to process X h for HIRS a for AMSU A b for AMSU B mhs for MHS and m for MSU First it opens level 1b ioX1b and level 1c files ioX1c reads level 1b header and sets up level lc header inXhdr For MHS a dedicated subroutine is provided for 1b reading iomhs1b but the 1c format is shared with AMSU B so there is no corresponding I O routine for MHS level Ic Then for each scan line read ioX1b it stores level 1b data into level 1c commons and arrays inXget It converts counts to radiance and then to brightness temperatures inXprc Finally it writes the scan line in the level 1c file corresponding to the processed sounder ioX1c For HIRS AMSU A and AMSU B routine inXget calls the subroutine insuna to compute solar zenith and azimuth angles Additionally for AMSU B the subroutine inamsb calls the routines amb_getcorr to read and interpolate bias coefficients amb_getstx1 to read and interpolate antenna corrections and amb_earthcorr to correct earth view counts for bias errors For AMSU A the subroutine inamsa ca
149. ectory of the TBUS files and bulletin s name s which will be stored in the TBUS index file e The list of satellites to be considered e Historical file names TASK 2 INITIALISATION It opens the TBUS bulletin s TASK 3 TBUS BULLETIN DECOMMUTATION AND VALIDATION TESTS For each satellite It opens or creates if files do not exist the historical index file and the clock drift error file It calls different subroutines tb dc to decode the part IV of the TBUS bulletin to extract orbital parameters and to check that extracted parameters are in the authorised value area tb_ctrl to check the orbital parameters continuity to compare them with the last valid parameters registered in the historical file using the brolyd extrapolation model The new TBUS file is declared OK if the errors are less than 6 km day The tests with the last preceding valid tbus are done only if the time difference is less than 7 days tb_wind to write the valid TBUS information record at the end of the historical file clkerr dc to decode the clock error values stored in the plain language message at the end of the TBUS file Part IV and to check that extracted clock errors are in the authorised values area clkerr_ctrl to check the decoded clock values by comparing them to the preceding historical values clkerr_wind to write the valid clock error information record at the end of the clock drift data file and on the standard input At the end tbusi
150. ee eke ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 147 4 2 30 Inputs outputs for ALLEPH navigation tool iese sesse esse ese ese ee see see see ee ee ee ke ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 147 4 2 31 Inputs outputs for TBUSDISP navigation tool ss 149 4 2 32 Inputs outputs for TLEPRINT navigation tool ss 149 4 2 33 Inputs outputs for EPHE TRACKING ANTCNFT DRIFTEPHE navigation tool 150 4 3 Dynamic articulation cscccscscscsscscsscscssscsccsscssssssscssccescssecssesssesssescssesessssssesssssssessscssscsscessesssesssessoes 150 4 3 1 Description of the main script AAPP_RUN_NOAA 0 ees sesse ee ese ee ese ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 150 4 3 2 Description of the script CHK1BTIME esse ese ese see se ee ee ee ee Se ee ee ke ee ee ee Ge ee ee ee 151 4 3 3 Description of the script TBUSING sise 151 4 3 4 Description of the script GET TEE issie Ee ue oe sig Ge Ee eN sege Ge eb Ee vee eb ete nn Ged Eg Ge EDE aa es ant 151 4 3 5 Description of the script GET_TAI_UTI_UTC eee 151 4 3 6 Description of the script TLEING sise 151 4 3 7 Description of the script SPMING inner 152 4 3 8 Description of the script SATPOST sise 152 4 3 9 Description of the script SATPOSTLE inner 152 4 3 10 Description of the script SATPOSSPM sise 153 4 3 11 Description of the script DECOMMUTATION sise 153 4 3 12 Description of the scripts HIRSCL HIRSCL_ALGOV4 MSUCL AMSUCL AMSUBCL M
151. efaults are s noaa09 noaal 1 noaal2 noaal4 see the variable PAR_NAVIGATION_DEFAULT_LISTESAT_INGEST_TBUS in the script f all the TBUS bulletins which are newer than the last update of the index files corresponding to the satellite list Page 159 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 4 3 27 Description of the script LGEPHE See also the reference manual man pages lgephe With the Igephe ksh korn shell and after each performance of Igephe exe for a given satellite and several given stations a long term ephemeris file is created using the ephemeris index file Usage is Igephe o s satellite name S station list d start date n number of days 0 S S d n are optional If no parameter is specified as an option defaults are noaa14 Lannion today Oh 10 0 The option o specifies that the data will be stored in the file lgephe_noaxx_yyyymmdad txt 4 3 28 Description of the script ALLEPH See also the reference manual man pages alleph 1 With the alleph ksh korn shell performs all the basic commands needed to generate SATPOS files tracking angle files ephemeris files etc It calls the commands satpos ephe tracking and antcnft Usage is alleph s satellite S station b bulletin d start date n number of days i increment in seconds c search criteria o antenna steering seconds S S b n i c o are op
152. els npixels nlines nscans ngranules err returns number of pixels lines scans granules returns the real number of channels loaded Input output type viirs_edr_img intent in x integer intent out err integer intent out nchannels npixels nlines nscans ngranules integer channel mchannels Other subroutines subroutine viirs_sdr_load_channel filename bandname channel x err loads All Data for a given channel band from file HDF5 loads root attributes loads aggregate attributes Input output character len intent in filename Name of file character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB integer intent in channel type viirs_sdr intent inout x integer intent out err subroutine viirs_sdr_save_channel filename bandname channel x err Saves All_Data for a given channel band to an HDFS file filename saves root attributes saves aggregate attributes saves dataproduct attributes Page 170 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has o May 2015 Input output type viirs_sdr intent in x character len intent in filename Name of file one for all or one per channel integer intent out err logical optional intent in compress subroutine viirs_sdr_geo_load filename bandname x err loads Geolocation for a given band from HDFS file filename Input output chara
153. emperature Values are added only where the BTs are not set to missing i e within 4 400 Kelvin Those values are read in the instrument specific fixed data file they are channel and scan position dependent If values are not provided in the instrument fixed data file then values of zero are used Then general pre processing consists of extracting surface type and elevation for each fov by calling subroutine surfelev It returns surface type land sea mixed and elevation for an array of lat lon points using the ITPP export package topography datasets 1 6th degree x 1 6th degree lat lon heights in 100s of feet Height is for the nearest grid point and is set to zero for sea spots Surface type is found by examining all points within a box centred on the instrument field of view and approximately the same size as the field of view The fov is classed land or sea only if every point in this box is land or sea Otherwise the surface type is mixed If either latitude or longitude are out of range then values of 999999 are returned for both surface type and surface elevation For HIRS and IASI data no further pre processing is done pphirsi ppiasil Subroutine pphcorr called at the end of the HIRS processing is a dummy routine and actually does nothing It will correct limb effects and surface emissivity For MSU data the next pre processing step ppmsul consists of subtracting the limb darkening curve read in the instrument fixed
154. entre and Sub centre in Section 1 of the BUFR message Please see the script for details Page 164 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 4 3 45 Encode 1c BUFR files AAPP_ENCODEBUFR_1C Usage is aapp_encodebufr_1c i files instruments where instruments is a list of instruments from the list HIRS AMSU A AMSU B MHS IASI ATMS CRIS HIRSID AMSUBID IASI1D ATMS1D CRIS1D files contains the input file names for each instrument Defaults to hrsn lic aman l1c ambn lic mhsn llc iasi llc atms llc cris llc hirs 11d amsub lid iasi 11d atms lld cris I1d There are several environment variables that can be used to fine tune the BUFR encoding e g to specify your Originating Centre ID Please see the script for details This routine calls the ECMWF BUFR library and uses the BUFR tables in directory BUFR TABLES Note that the BUFR sequences for level 1d have several Met Office local descriptors they are primarily intended for use either within the Met Office or by NWP Centres that use the Met Office s Unified Model 4 3 46 Decode Sensor Data Record files for ATMS CriS MWTS MWHS MWTS2 MWHS2 IRAS Usage is atms_sdr o Outputfile g Geofile SDRfile TDRfile cris_sdr o Outputfile g Geofile H B N SDRfile mwts_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile mwhs_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile mwts2_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile mwhs2_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile iras
155. ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_InPix idbg thres input output type debug INTENT in idbg type maia_thres INTENT out thres maia_GetTopo F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetTopo idbg topo lat lon_in psize Isize tm alt files are at the 0 02 degre resolution landsea 0 sea landsea 1 land landsea 2 desert landsea 3 permanent snow landsea 4 coast input output type debug INTENT in idbg type topo field INTENT in topo surface topography landsea and elev REAL INTENT in lat lon_in INTEGER INTENT in psize lsize INTEGER INTENT out tm alt maia_Get_AlbLand F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Get_AlbLand idbg num_can box thvis_land albter input output type debug INTENT in idbg INTEGER INTENT in num_can type box id INTENT n box info at the center of the box type maia_VISThresTables intent in thvis_ land tabulated threshold real INTENT out albter reference albedo in maia_Get_AlbSea F90 subroutine maia_Get_AlbSea idbg num_can box thvis_sea albmer input output INTEGER INTENT in num_can type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type maia_VISThresTables intent in thvis sea tabulated threshold real INTENT out albmer threshold in maia_Get_AlbSnow F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Get_AlbSnow id
156. es extract AMSU A1 data 4 0 or 1 for AMSU A2 1 indicates extract AMSU A2 data 5 0 or 1 for AMSU B MHS 1 indicates extract AMSU B MHS data 6 0 or 1 for HIRS 2 1 indicates extract HIRS 2 data 7 0 or 1 for MSU 1 indicates extract MSU data 8 0 or 1 for DCS 1 indicates extract DCS data 9 0 or 1 for SEM 1 indicates extract SEM data 10 0 or for SBUV 1 indicates extract SBUV data 11 0 or 1 for SAR 1 indicates extract SAR data 12 0 or 1 for AVHRR 1 indicates extract AVHRR data lul is the logical unit of the log file lu2 is the logical unit of the HIRS 3 or HIRS 4 11a output file lu3 is the logical unit of the AMSU A1 I1a output file lu4 is the logical unit of the AMSU A2 11a output file lus is the logical unit of the AMSU B I1a output file lu6 is the logical unit of the HIRS 2 11a output file lu7 is the logical unit of the MSU l1a output file lu8 is the logical unit of the DCS 11a output file lu9 is the logical unit of the SEM 11a output file lu10 is the logical unit of the SBUV 11a output file lu11 is the logical unit of the SAR 11a output file lu12 is the logical unit of the HRPT 11a output file Page 154 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 4 3 12 Description of the scripts HIRSCL HIRSCL_ALGOV4 MSUCL AMSUCL AMSUBCL MHSCL AVHRCL Those scripts can run alone outside of the processin
157. es for a given time period the relative time of the start and end of station acquisition from the satellite position velocity for both limiting times of the period Time where the satellite elevation angle from the station null is determined with an iterative method for which the satellite position and velocity are calculated using a cubic interpolation Since the acquisition time is known satellite positions are determined for that time Then it is possible to deduce if the satellite came in or out of the station acquisition area wephmes is called each time different ephemeris messages must be written into the output file Module TRACKING TRACKING EXE See also reference manual pages tracking 1 tracking 5 lgephe 5 ephe 5 tracking is a navigation tool useful to produce the antenna tracking angle files corresponding to a satpos file An antenna tracking angle file is produced for each orbit which is acquired by the station even short acquisition It contains the site including a refraction correction and azimuth values The time step for calculations is an integer value expressed in seconds It is defined as a data statement in the main program Note The run is done for only one satellite due to the satpos file TASK 1 INITIALISATION tracking calls sp_read to read the SATPOS file between the start and end julian instants If the start time equals 0 all file is processed TASK 2 CALCULATION OF THE ANTENNA TRACKING ANGLE
158. es the log debug file and the MHS level 1b file 4 1 17 AVHRR calibration module AVHRCL script and AVHRCL EXE See also the reference manual pages libavhcal 3 Page 67 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION PocD AN MEURT NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 avhhdr j avhclin A function ord1bid j d function noascnam ad avh cpar Saar vr aa H filter l ee i avh_poly l N avh_ccof L N N function avh_beor NO avh_ sum avh_lico i war 1 avh clst EE xiqj l avhrcl A avh_hdu hd1bnav ee avhhdw i Figure 4 17 Flow chart on the AVHRCL module components avhclex H Page 68 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines of the libf7ml library have not been written This task requires the AVHRR level 1a and avhcal txt resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION The user chooses his input configuration options A statistic file is opened Quality control flags are set and will be modified all along the program performance avhclin reads the input options and stores them in a table avhsetu opens the statistic file monavhr txt opens and reads the AVHRR level 1a file the data are ranged in avh b h Satellite Id is set avhsetu opens reads an
159. eta aggregate intent inout y INTEGER intent out ERR Error code subroutine viirs_edr_img_load_channel filename bandname channel x err loads All Data for a given channel band from HDFS file filename loads root attributes loads aggregate attributes Input output character len intent in filename Name of file character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB integer intent in channel type viirs_edr_img intent inout x integer intent out err subroutine viirs_edr_img_geo_load filename bandname x err loads Geolocation for a given band from HDFS file filename Input output character len intent in filename character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB type viirs_edr_img_geo intent inout x integer intent out err subroutine viirs_edr_img_data_proc x err clean processing of the data part of the structure viirs_edr_img_data applies scaling factors according to channels Input output type viirs edr img data intent inout x integer intent out err logical optional intent in clean if TRUE remove unsed arrays subroutine viirs_edr_img_geo_proc x att err processing of the geelocation structure viirs_edr_img_geo calculates the TAI offset and calculates the UTC time for each scan Input output type viirs_edr_img_geo intent inout x type jpss meta aggregate intent in att integer intent out er
160. f the libf7ml library have not been written This task requires HIRS level 1a calcoef dat and testcoef dat resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION The user chooses his input options script hirscl and hclin The main program is hirscl that calls many routines hclin reads the input options tests some options coherence and stores them into a table hclsetu opens the log debug file hirscl log if requested It opens and reads the HIRS level 1a file the data are ranged in commons Ars bhd include hrsIbhd h header hrslbdts include hrsIbdts data h_cinit identifies the satellite Then it calls h_calibcoeffile to open read and close the calcoef dat file containing the useful satellite specific parameters for calibration The data are ranged in common hrs_clcf include cinit h h_cinit by calling h_testcoeffile opens reads and closes the testcoef dat file containing useful values and parameters for tests The data are ranged in the common Ars stcf include cinit h h_cinit opens the statistic file if requested A control quality parameter array is initialised and will be modified by the tests performed during the calibration processing The satellite is identified h_instrtest checks the instrument status to define which scan line are usable the first and the last usable lines The control quality parameters array is updated TASK 2 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The result of this task is a calibration coefficient
161. file and then closes the file according to input options mlibwrt updates header and data in the MSU level 1b file mclexit close the log debug file and the MSU level 1b file 4 1 14 AMSU A calibration modules AMSUACL script and AMSUACL EXE Page 58 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 amaclin J def_att calatt sp_read clkerr_get amahdr amadtr function ord1bid function noascnam i eb ama_avg Sy ama mmp prtchk amedian ear Se amadtw Es J function Figure 4 14 Flow chart on the AMSUCL module components To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines of the libf7ml library have not been written Page 59 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 This task requires the AMSU A level la amsua_clcoefs dat and amsua_clparams dat resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION The user chooses his input options script amsuacl and amaclin The main program is AMSUACL that calls many routines amaclin reads the input options and stores them in a table amasetu opens the log debug file amsuacl log and the statistic file monamsua txt if requested It opens and reads the AMSUA level 1a file the data are ranged in commons ama_Ibhd include amalb h header and scan include amascn h data amasetu chec
162. file determine the selection of the orbital bulletins and model Case of TBUS By calling the module tbusing it checks and ingests the TBUS bulletins useful to navigate the satellite It creates the satellite position velocity file for several days satpos file with the command satpost Case of Two Line By calling the module tleing it checks and ingests the TLE bulletins useful to navigate the satellite It creates the satellite position velocity file for several days satpos file with the command satpostle Case of spot By calling the module spming it checks and ingests the spm bulletins useful to navigate the satellite It creates the satellite position velocity file for several days satpos file with the command satposspm Note that spot bulletins are being phased out by EUMETSAT and will not be included in the Admin Message for MetOp B Instead the new Multi Mission Administrative Message MMAM will include TLEs for multiple MetOp and NOAA satellites With the date the time of the data and the satellite position file it gets the orbit number sdh2orbnum Optionally get OBT UTC correlation parameters from Admin message in HKTM file and over write VIADR in instrument files This step is not required if your station manufacturer has properly implemented the OBT UTC handling Then it calls different modules to convert in AAPP format 11b decom amsua metop decom mhs metop decom hirs metop decom a
163. file name DIR_NA VIGATION satpos satpos_ssss_yyyymmdd txt e execute the ephe command and stores the result in the operational environment with file name DIR_NAVIGATION ephe ephe_ssss_yyyymmdd txt 29 Page 108 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Modules LGEPHEING LGEPHEING EXE See also reference manual pages gepheing I lgephe 5 ephe 5 They are navigation tools useful to ingest a TBUS bulletin for long term ephemeris calculations Igepheing opens or creates an historical ephemeris utilities file required by the ephemeris files long term into which new informations included in TBUS bulletin will be inserted For each satellite of the list orbital parameters useful for the ephemeris calculation will be extracted from the TBUS bulletin The user chooses files relative to the considered satellites input configuration TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETER READING It gets e home directory of the TBUS files and the short name of the TBUS file e the satellite list e the historical ephemeris utilities file name TASK 2 INITIALISATION It opens the TBUS bulletin to process TASK 3 HISTORICAL FILES UPDATING For each satellite of the list lgepheing e opens or creates historical files e extracts useful parameters for TBUS part IV and checks that the extracted parameters are in the authorised value area tb_ de e writes a
164. fill the viirs_field structures subroutine maia Viirs field init idbg viirs subroutine maia_Viirs_field_init idbg viirs type debug intent in idbg Type field intent inout viirs initialise viirs field maia_IO_Viirs_h5 F90 subroutine maia Write ViiCT hdf5 idbg field id field M field_I maia_par compress Type debug INTENT in idbg debug level 0 1 2 Type field_info intent in field_id field info Type field intent in field M M field structure Type field intent in field I Ifield structure REAL intent in maia_par 30 3200 768 maia par structure LOGICAL intent in optional compress compression flag Purpose Subroutine to write Maia cloud mask to HDF S file Ancillary files The ancillary files are in the AAPP data_maia directory The thresholds directory contains the different threshold files and the sst file The atlas directory contains the atlas files 4 4 5 VIIRS to CriS mapping Usage is viirs_to_cris di D t threshold b band m Maia4file g Geofile CrISfile VIIRSfile where band is a VIIRS band name I or M Maiadfile is a VIRS MAIA 4 HDES file Geofile is a VIIRS geolocation HDF5 file Crisfile is a CrIS AAPP level 1c 1d file Page 201 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF Version 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 VIIRSfile is a VIIRS SDR HDES file d debug level 1 D debug level 2 threshold is the minimum perce
165. g They read the environment parameters in ATOVS_ENV7 to get the conditions of the run For the navigation of the level 1b file They create the SATPOS file if it does not exist by calling the scripts satpostle or satpost They get previous or current orbit attitude values by calling the function det_att They define calibration and errorclock related files The scripts get the different parameters to generate the input parameters of hirscl exe hirscl_algoV4 exe msucl exe amsuacl exe amsubcl exe mhscl exe avhrcl exe The level 1b files and the required fixed data files are used without names within the executable The names of the files are dynamically built inside the scripts The log files are saved in the output files hirscl log msucl log amsuacl log amsub log mhscl log avhrcl log Lastly all the links between the files and the associated logical units are deleted Usage is hirscl c I s satellite d yyyymmdd h hhmn n nnnnn source l1b hirscl_algoV4 c I s satimg d yyyymmdd h hhmm n nnnnn source lib msucl c I s satellite d yyyymmdd h hhmn n nnnnn source l1b amsuacl c l s satellite d yyyymmdd h hhmn n nnnnn source l1b amsubcl c I s satellite d yyyymmdd h hhmn n nnnnn source lib mhscl c I s satellite d yyyymmdd h hhmn n nnnnn source l1b avhrel c 1 s satellite d yyyymmdd h hhmn n nnnnn source l1b c for calibration l for Earth location s d h n are the basic i
166. g forecast field information subroutine maia_hutorm p t hum hutorm input output REAL INTENT IN p t hum REAL INTENT OUT hutorm maia_Read_IRThres F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Read_IRThres tabsea tabland tabopaq reads the threshold files to initializes the different thresholds type maia_ThresTables_sea intent out tabsea tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_ThresTables_land intent out tabland tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_ThresTables_opaq intent out tabopaq tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant maia_Read_Prev F90 subroutine maia_Read_Prev idbg filename bg calls lec_grib_api to read the forecast fields the air 2m temperature the surface pressure altitude and the temperature humidity profile computes the total water vapor content from information of module mod_forecast returns the arrays bg_t2m and bg_wv and all relative information in module mod_atlas unit for T is K and for WV in g cm2 100 type debug INTENT in idbg character len 11 intent in filename type nwp field INTENT out bg forecast field maia_Read_Topo F90 subroutine maia_Read_Topo idbg field_id topo read the 0 02 degree resolution Atlas landsea 0 sea landsea 1 land landsea 2 desert landsea 3 permanent snow landsea 4 coast input output type debug INTENT in idbg Type field_info INTENT in field_id type topo_field intent
167. grad apply Planck function Same for the target 2 temperature but for the MSU channels 3 and 4 m_gfcounts for each scan line of each channel applies the non linearity coefficients on the space view output counts and the target output counts m_gfcounts applies a filter abs count averaged count compared to 2 standard deviation to eliminate counts out of limits Different parameters are stored in the statistic file if requested Array 2 of quality control parameters is updated m_interslop for each calibration cycle and each channel computes the gain G and the offset I residual radiance equivalent to the space background noise viewed through the instrument channel The coefficients used afterwards arrays slope and intercept are averaged pairs G D coming from the calculation of the mean of the G D values associated to each scan line and each channel during an orbit Page 57 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of the calibration coefficients and the quality control parameters in the MSU level 1b resource file According to input options statistics results are stored into the file monmsu txt and a log debug file is updated m_upcommon updates the commons msulbhd and msul bdts m_finalstat computes the final statistic of the MSU calibration and writes the results into the statistic
168. he box INTEGER INTENT in 1C REAL intent in reflec nbreflecsol nbreflecsat nbreflecazi 3 INTEGER INTENT out albmax lin maia_Cal_Roujean F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cal_Roujean idbg box brdf computes the Roujean function brdf des sols the reference albedo in is used to define the coefficients for the model input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box infos at the center of the box REAL INTENT out brdf maia_Cal_Texture F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Texture_FromImager idbg pix lig box field_I pix_id computes the local texture std max diff inside the Moderate resolution pixel from the coregistered imaging channels input output type debug intent in idbg integer intent in pix lig Type field intent in field_1b type pix_info intent inout pixel_id Type field intent in optional field_1b_prev Type field intent in optional field_1b_next maia_Cal_Twvc F90 Page 183 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae SUBROUTINE maia_Cal_Twve nbniv pniv psurf hum_in cwv Computes the total water vapor content from the specific humidity profile and the surface pressure input output INTEGER INTENT in nbniv REAL INTENT in pniv nbniv pressure on levels hpa REAL INTENT in hum_in nbniv REAL INTENT in psurf REAL INTENT out
169. he center of the box type maia_VISThresTables intent in thvis tabulated threshold over sea or land REAL INTENT out AO AI A2 coefficients channel number 1 2 3 maia_Cal_ CoxMunk F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cal_CoxMunk idbg lambda box albmax computes the maximum reflectance over sea Cox and Munck theory input output REAL INTENT in lambda Page 182 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ac 06 May 2015 type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box REAL INTENT out albmax In maia_Cal_Fresnel F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cal_Fresnel nr ni coschi sinchi R1 to compute the Fresnel s coefficient of reflection see for example M Born and E Wolf Principles of Optics Pergamon Press fifth edition 1975 pp 628 input parameters nr index of refraction of the sea water ni extinction coefficient of the sea water coschi amp sinchi cosine and sine of the incident radiation with respect of the wave facet normal output parameter input output REAL INTENT in nr ni coschi sinchi REAL INTENT out R1 maia Cal LeRoux F90 SUBROUTINE maia Cal LeRoux idbg box ic reflec albmax computes the reflectance of the snow thesis of Le Roux input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of t
170. he files satpos_noaxx_yyyymmdd txt and ephe_noaaxx_yyyymmdd txt Usage is tracking lt satpos_file gt ephemeris_file 4 3 31 Description of the command ANTCNFT See also the reference manual man pages antcnft 1 The command antcnft updates the ephemeris file and indicates if there are orbital tracking conflicts for a given antenna The command antenft is activated with the name of the I O file ephe_yyyymmdd txt Usage is antcnft lt ephemeris_file gt ephemeris_file 4 3 32 Description of the command DRIFTEPHE The command driftephe updates the ephemeris file It is activated with the name of the I O file ephe_yyyymmdd txt Usage is driftephe lt ephemeris_file gt ephemeris_file 4 3 33 Description of the script TBUSDISP See also the reference manual man pages tbusdisp 1 The script tbusdisp is activated after the read of 3 arguments interactive questions answers Satellite name or end Search method nearest or last_preceding default nearest Date dd mm yy or dd mm yy hh mm ss sss 4 3 34 Description of the script TLEPRINT See also the reference manual man pages tleprint 1 The script tleprint is fully interactive questions answers 1 enter 2 line bulletin filename 2 enter satellite name or end Page 161 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has o May 2015 until word end is entered 4 3 35 AVHRR and HIR
171. he level1b file TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of calibration coefficients and quality control parameters in the HIRS level 1b resource file According to input options statistics results are stored into the file monhirs txt and the log debug file is updated h_upcommon or h upcommon2 finish updating the parameters in the commons hrsIbhd and hrs1bdts h upcommon 2 is called when there is no calibration h_stat computes final statistic of the HIRS calibration and writes the results into the statistic file and then closes the file according to input options hlibwrt updates header and data in the HIRS level1b file hclexit close the log debug file and the HIRS level1b file 4 1 12 HIRS calibration modules algorithm version 4 HCALCB1 ALGOV4 script and HCALCB1_ALGOV4 EXE HIRSCL_ALGOV4 script and HIRSCL_ALGOV4 EXE Page 51 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF Version 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dat 06 May 2015 hclin_algoV4 l byteswapib Ne def_att hgetlibelement_algoV4 l N n calatt h_loc N clkerr get hdibnav l Xi l sp_read I h_cinit_algoV4 l x HH _hreadbisiope_algove Ne nav_1blin h readbislope algoV4 h_calibcoeffile_algoV4 h_instrtest_algoV4 h_testcoeffile_algoV4 h scanpos algoV4 2 8 29 h linecount algoV4 h_prtstat_algoV4 h orderch algoV4 h_limit_algoV4 h
172. hreshold files the satellite information from level 1d is used to determine the correct seven threshold files Time and angle correction it also depends on the satellite Logical unit numbers associated with these files are set up in the script Then the script invokes the avh2iasi exe command The log file is saved in the output file avh2hirs log At the statistics file associated with the logical unit 22 is then saved with the name mapqual txt Links between logical unit to files are deleted at the end of the script 4 3 16 Description of the script AVHRRIN KSH This script is invoked as avhrrin Options can be specified i file_namel full pathname of the input hrpt avhrr 1b file default WRK hrpt 11b o file_name full pathname of the output hrpt avhrr 1c file default WRK avhrr l1c The script reads the parameters file ATOVS_ENV to get the conditions of the run Exit codes 0 normal end 1 bad input parameters input data usage 2 bad output code for avhrrin exe 4 3 17 Description of the script MAIA3 KSH This script is invoked as maia3 Options can be specified i file_namel full pathname of the input hrpt avhrr 1c file default WRK avhrr l1c o file_name full pathname of the output hrpt avhrr 1d file default WRK avhrr 11d Page 157 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 The script reads the parameters file ATOVS_ENV to get the
173. ia_const F90 Module Purpose defines all const for maia mod_maia_types F90 Module Purpose defines all types for maia Page 199 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 maia_VerifMissing_fields F90 subroutine maia_VerifMissing_fields idbg field M field_I missing description Control if some fields are missing Night necessary channels MS M11 14 15 Day necessary channels M3 M4 M11 11 12 15 Twilight necessary channels M3 M4 M11 11 12 15 input output type debug intentin idbg Type field intentin field_M Type field intent in field_I logical intent out missing mk_voisinage F90 Local horizontal variations in the visible near infrared or infrared channels are used to detect small broken clouds thin cirrus or cloud edges For VIIRS the local textures are computed using the four pixels of the imaging channels 350m resolution co registered in the medium channels when these channels are available When not available the local textures are then computed from the eight closer medium channels 750m resolution neighbors using the the mk_voisinage routine SUBROUTINE mk_voisinage idbg field_M input output type debug intent in idbg Type field intent inout field M subroutine geogcart lat lon pos description converts geographical coordinates into cartesian coordinates input and output coordi
174. ibf7ml libf7tp libf7nl1b libraries have not been written Page 40 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 Ed otiget dcsget dcsin dcsout dcshdu function hirget I1bscid hirhdu function I1bscnam ii hirout N hirsdc msuout msuhdu l dy atovdc anaget msudc amsuqc N amsget amsua linecheck amast ambst amshdu mhsst amanag_out fi amsout amsadc amsbdc getmf mhsdc tiptim function tipqc ordtiid Ju i Figure 4 8 ATOVDC components hierarchy To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines or functions of the libf7ml libf7tp libf7gp libf7nl1b libf7cp libraries have not been written Page 41 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 avtelm avhdtw Figure 4 9 AVHRDC components hierarchy To simplify the diagram calls to the subroutines of the libraries like libf7ml libf7gp have not be written Decommutation modules perform the extraction task for several parts of the HRPT stream level 0 which have to be processed by avhrdc AVHRR decommutation task and atovdc TOVS ATOVS decommutation task The HRPT minor frames numbered 1 to 3 are received by the center spec
175. ic Adjustment of AVHRR Navigation Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology Vol 9 No 1 February 92 22 Marsouin A Brunel P AAPP Documentation Annex of scientific description AAPP navigation document NWPSAF MF UD 005 distributed with AAPP 23 Changyong Cao NESDIS HIRS Calibration Algorithm Version 4 0 24 Changyong Cao and Pubu Ciren Operational High Resolution Infrared Radiation Sounder HIRS Calibration Algorithms and Their Effects on Calibration Accuracy ITSC XIII Proceedings 2003 cimss ssec wisc edu itwg itsc itsc 13 session3 3_2_ciren pdf 25 Bennartz Thoss Dybbroe and Michelson Precipitation analysis using the Advanced Microwave Souunding Unit in support of nowcasting applications Meteorol Appl 9 177 189 2002 26 Lee A C L and Bedford S Support Study on IASI Level 1c Data Compression Final Report EUMETSAT Contract EUM CO 3 1155 PS Feb 27 2004 27 Goldberg et al AIRS Near Real Time Products and Algorithms in Support of Operational Numerical Weather Prediction IEE Trans Geosci Rem Sens vol 41 no 2 Feb 2003 28 Collard A D Selection of IASI channels for use in numerical weather prediction ECMWE Technical Memorandum 532 July 2007 Page 9 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bac 6 May 2015 29 OPS LRS User Manual document NWPSAF MF UD 006 distributed with AAPP 30
176. ical unit 17 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libamsubcl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF amsub by the installation script Outputs AMSU B LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named ambn lib File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN amsubl1b_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b Compared to level la structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 11 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation MONAMSUB TXT Formatted file in ASCII text Filled during the run of amsubcl exe if specified in input options One record added for one run With AAPP version 3 nothing is written into this file Associated with logical unit 14 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number Page 132 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named amsubcl log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 19 Inputs outputs MHS calibration MHSCL Inputs MHS LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named ambn l1b Output of the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 11 see mhscl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see o
177. idbg box pix Thres_Phase CMa CT soft Determines a cloud phase for confidently cloudy pixels The following assignments are made to all pixels Not Executable Clear from Confidently Clear pixels Partly Cloudy from Probably Clear and Cloudy pixels Water Cloud Supercooled Water or Mixed Phase Cloud Opaque Ice Cloud Cirrus Non Opaque Cloud Cloud Overlap uncertain SNAWAWNAS 3 software sources soft 1 from Bryan A Baum for further information email bryan baum ssec wisc edu soft 2 from Pavolonis M J A K Heidinger and T Uttal Daytime Global Cloud Typing from AVARR and VIIRS Algorithm Description Validation and comparisons Journal of Applied Meteorology 2005 VIIRS Cloud Mask ATBD December 2011 soft 3 from Pavolonis M J Advances in extracting cloud composition information from spaceborne infrared radiances a robust alternative to brightness temperatures Partl theory Journal of Applied Meteorology 2010 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box type pix_ data INTENT in pix type maia_Thres_Phase INTENT in Thres_ Phase type maia_CMa INTENT in CMa type maia_CT INTENT inout CT integer INTENT in soft SUBROUTINE overlap_test idbg box pix Thres_Phase ems_37 CMa overlap input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box_id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_ da
178. ific routines and can be processed in real time from several local acquisition systems or read off line from files coming from various centers The HRPT minor frames are read by a center specific routine This is necessary as the extract format of the HRPT minor frames will depend on the hardware of the reception station After decommutation there is one raw data file for each instrument Those files represent the level 1a data TASK 1 INITIALISATION hrptdc performs this task This module receives as an input the unpacked HRPT minor frame s coming from the center specific module closely connected to the hardware The HRPT minor frame is an array of 11090 words made of the 10 bits HRPT words placed right justified in 16 bits words hrptde detects the end of HRPT stream hrptdc reads input options dcin and opens the various files desetu It identifies the satellite chksatid by checking HRPT and TIP satellite Id coherence It checks good start condition an HRPT minor frame equal to 1 with valid time and good time difference between consecutive HRPT minor frames cktime This means that under normal circumstances a few minor frames at the start of the pass will not be processed as they are used for consistency checking If it is known that there is no bad data at the start e g when processing granules then the consistency check can be disabled by setting an environment variable SKIP DECOM CHECK Y in this case processing will
179. ipitation using the Special Sensor Microwave Imager J Geophys Res vol 96 199 11 Gutman G D Tarpley A Ignatov S Olson The enhanced NOAA global dataset from the advanced very high resolution radiometer Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 1995 12 Lavanant L H LeGl au M Derrien S Levasseur G Monnier L Ardouin P Brunel B Bellec AVHRR Cloud Mask for Sounding Applications ITSC 10 proceedings 1999 13 Oort A Global Atmospheric Circulation Statistics 1958 1973 14 Saunders R An automated scheme for the removal of cloud contamination from AVHRR radiances over western Europe Int J Remote sensing 1986 15 Saunders R An improved method for detecting clear sky and cloudy radiances from AVHRR data Int J Remote Sensing 1988 16 MAIA software documentation version 2 1 1999 17 Brunel P and Marsouin A 2000 Operational AVHRR navigation results International Journal of Remote Sensing Vol 21 No 5 951 972 18 Rosborough G W Baldwin D and Emery W 1994 Precise AVHRR Image Navigation IEEE Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing Vol 32 No 3 May 1994 644 657 19 Level 1B Notices http www osdpd noaa gov ml ppp notices html 20 Brunel P and Marsouin A 2001 ANA 3 User s Manual Meteo France DP Centre de Meteorologie Spatiale BP 147 22302 Lannion France 21 Bordes Ph Brunel P and Marsouin A 1992 Automat
180. is program extracts SPOT bulletin from binary ADMIN messages and outputs an ASCII representation TASK 2 INPUT PARAMETERS READING spming gets 5 Home directory of the SPM files and bulletin s name s which will be stored in the SPM index file 6 Satellite to be considered 7 Historical file names TASK 3 INITIALISATION It opens the SPM bulletin s TASK 4 SPM BULLETIN VALIDATION TESTS Reads the index file and for each record that contains a negative orbit number it calls spm_dc to decode the SPM bulletin extract orbital parameters and check that extracted parameters are in the authorised value area calls spm_ctrl to check the orbital parameters continuity to compare them with the last valid parameters registered in the historical file using the spm extrapolation model The new SPM file is declared OK if the errors are less than 6 km day The tests with the last preceding valid SPM are done only if the time difference is less than 7 days It returns the calculated orbit number at epoch For all records it writes to the output file the updated record extrapolation error flag orbit or input record depending on initial test TASK 5 EXTRACT ASCII MESSAGES FROM ADMIN MESSAGE admin messages exe extracts the ASCII buffer of the ADMIN message and stores it in DIR_NAVIGATION messages messages_satid_YYYYMMDD txt Page 37 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTW
181. ition and velocity SATPOSTLE script SATPOSTLE EXE 31 4 1 6 Satellite and image navigation initialization with SPOT 5 element sets METOP only GET_TAI_UT1_UTC script SPMING script ADMIN MAIN EXE ADMIN MESSAGES EXE and satellite position and velocity SATPOSSPM script SATPOSSPM EXE ss 35 4 1 7 Decommutation modules DECOMMUTATION script and DECOMMUTATION EXE esse 40 4 1 8 EPS level 0 to AAPP level 1a conversion for METOP DECOM AMSUA METOP script and AMSUA MAIN EXE DECOM MHS METOP script and MHS MAIN EXE DECOM AMSUA HIRS script and HIRS MAIN EXE DECOM AVHRR METOP script and AVHRR MAIN EXE 0 ec eeeceeeceeeneeeeeeeeeneeeaees 44 4 1 9 Convert chrpt FY 1c and FY 1d satellites to hrpt NOAA satellites convert_chrpt script and eeue do RA RA AE OR EE OE EO N EE ane ete Te tn ein nl 46 4 1 10 Image navigation modules HIRSCL script and HIRSCL EXE HIRSCL_ALGOVA script and HIRSCL_ALGOV4 EXE MSUCL script and MSUCL exe AMSUACL script and AMSUACL EXE Page 3 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 AMSUBCL script and AMSUBCL EXE MHSCL script and MHSCL EXE AVHRCL script and edel ie H R RE EE ER OE ER RE KO EA Ie 46 4 1 11 HIRS calibration modules first algorithm HIRSCL script and HIRSCL EXE 48 4 1 12 HIRS calibration modules algorithm version 4 HCALCB1_ALGOV4
182. ix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa maia_CMa_SN F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_SN idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa sea night max_num_tests 5 Gr 1 Emission Threshold Test Group BT108 Test SST or BT Gr 2 Emission Difference Test 4 BT120 BT37 for BT37 gt BT37_limit 230K 5 BT37 BT108 2 BT108 BT37 3 BT87 BT108 seuil fct de 108 120 Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test BT108 BT120 input output type debug INTENTC in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa Page 180 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ba 06 May 2015 maia_CMa_ST F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_ST idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa sea twilight max_num_tests 9 Gr 1 Emission Threshold Gr 2 Emission Difference Tests 3 BTS7 BT108 4 BT37 BT108 low cloud detection for coherence with maiav3 5 BTI20 BT37 lfor coherence with maiav3 Gr 3 Reflectance Threshold Tests 2 Ref08 Ref06 RatioTest Gr 4 Reflectance Thin Cirrus Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test Gr 6 texture 6 14 et 143 for coherence maiav3 et seviri input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data
183. k is only available for HIRS not for AMSUA MHS or IASI iasi eigenvectors is called automatically by theatovpp script Figure 3 8 Pre processing steps for METOP data Page 22 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 3 6 ACQUISITION OF METOP DATA VIA EUMETCAST METOP EUMETCast CHIRS BUFR Itc CAMSUA BUFR 11b MHS BUFR ID C IASI BUFR tb BUFR BUFR decode UFR decode ia decodebufr 1c BUFR decode BUFR decode aapp_decodebufr_1c PP Ex aapp_decodebufr_1c aapp_decodebufr_1c C HIRSAAPPHc D C AMSUA AAPP lc D C MHS AAPP Ho IASIAAPP lic Pre processing step2 atovpp E P C HIRS AAPP l1d In AAPP MHS lc data are in a file named with gt a an the amsub word In this figure the creation of a HIRS I1d file is shown With the same chain AMSUA l1d MHS lid or IASI Id can be created Figure 3 9 Chain for treating METOP ATOVS data received via EUMETCAST Page 23 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION he Ge May 2015 METOP EUMETCAST AVHRR PES AVHRR AAPP HIRS AAPP lic HIRS AAPP lld HIRS AAPP lld Figure 3 10 Chain for treating METOP AVHRR HIRS data received via EUMETCAST Page 24 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6
184. k requires the AVHRR level 1b file and the fdf dat file It applies calibration coefficients computed by avhrel to output counts to produce reflectances and radiances Then it performs radiance conversion to brightness temperature The output file is an AVHRR level 1C file TASK 1 INITIALISATION The program reads the input data and the options After it defines the bit numbers The convention used in 1B amp 1C files is that an INTEGER 4 word has bits numbered 0 31 with bit 0 being the least significant bit Some platforms take bit 31 as the LSB It is necessary to define the order of bits that we use to keep the code portable Various tests are used Then the program reads the fixed data file call infdf Task 2 AVHRR CALIBRATION This task begins by opening the input and output files It reads the header of the input file ioavh1b and sets up the header of the output file for writing it ioavh1c1d After it goes through all scan lines reading ioavh1b appliing calibration coefficients avh_Ibe writing into the output file ioavh1c1d To finish the files are closed ioavh1b and ioavh1c1d 4 1 24 MAIA3 CLOUD MASK MAIA3 script and MAIA3_MAIN EXE Page 99 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 w
185. klm 2 General specifications for the AAPP preprocessing package related to NOAA polar orbiting weather satellites Scientific part M t o France internal document 1999 3 General specifications for the AAPP preprocessing package related to NOAA polar orbiting weather satellites Software description M t o France internal document 1999 4 AAPP Module Design AAPP Data Set Definition Documentation EUMETSAT Voll and Vol2 1997 5 Measurement of the AMSU B Antenna Pattern T J Hewison amp R Saunders IEEE Transactions of Geosciences and Remote Sensing Vol 34 No 2 Mars 1996 6 Estimating the probability of rain in an SSM I FOV using logistic regression Crosby Ferraro amp Wu Journal of Applied Met Vol 34 No 11 1995 Page 8 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 7 Ardouin L G Monnier L Lavanant Adjustment validation and implantation of MATA2 in AAPP software Technical report 1999 8 Derrien D B Farki L Harang H LeGl au A Noyalet D Pohic A Sairouni Automatic Cloud Detection Applied to NOAA 11 AVHRR Imagery Remote Sens Envion 46 246 267 1993 9 Derrien D H LeGl au Cloud classification extracted from AVHRR and GOES imagery Proceedings of Eumetsat Meteorological satellite data conference 1999 10 Grody N Classification of snow cover and prec
186. ks the satellite Id and data and then set some control flags ama_initcl opens reads and closes the amsua_clparams dat file containing the useful parameters for calibration The data are arranged in the common ama_clcoef include ama_cinit h ama_initcl opens reads and closes the amsua_clcoefs dat file containing the values of the secondary calibration coefficients The data are arranged in the common ama_tstcf include ama_cinit h Quality control flags are updated ama_status determines if the instrument is OK and sets flags according to the results checks scan lines quality checks space viewing antenna positions checks calibration counts and channels If not OK calibration coefficients are not computed for the bad scan line but will be replaced by secondary coefficients amsua_clcoefs dat TASK 2 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The results of this task is the primary calibration coefficient for each sounding channel ama_antpos checks if the antenna pointing of the AMSU Earth view is not outside of the specified threshold ama_smpmn gets CN samples and computes the mean For each channel and each scan line these averaged values are stored in the arrays spmean space and itmean ITW Quality control flags are updated ama_iwttmp for each scan line converts PRT counts to temperature for IWT and instruments Final temperature of each IWT is a weighted average of the temperatures extracted from their associated PRT A
187. l log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 17 Inputs outputs AMSU A calibration AMSUACL Inputs AMSU A LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named aman l1b Output of the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 11 see amsuacl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation AMSUA_CLPARAMS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Used for AMSU A decommutation and AMSU A calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e AMSU A1 of NOAA15 AMSU A1 FM1 DATA ID of instrument gt 9 e AMSU A2 of NOAA15 AMSU A2 PEM DATA ID of instrument gt 6 e AMSU A1 of NOAA16 AMSU A1 PFM DATA ID of instrument gt 5 e AMSU A2 of NOAA16 AMSU A2 FM1 DATA ID of instrument gt 10 e Values for Fundamental Constants are common for all the satellites This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 12 see amsuacl ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libamsuacl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF amsua by the installation script AMSUA_CLCOEFS DAT
188. les of Earth located and calibration coefficients exist Those level 1b files are archived Pre Processing CALIBRATION ATOVIN applies the calibration coefficients calculated by the previous step HIRSCL or HIRSCL_ALGOV4 AMSUACL AMSUBCL MHSCL MSUCL to the numeric counts for radiance conversion Before for AMSU A data a moon detection correction is done and for the AMSU B bias corrections and antenna corrections are added Then ATOVIN converts each channel radiance into brightness temperature for each TOVS ATOVS instrument At the end of this procedure separated files of Earth located brightness temperature data exist Those level 1c files are archived MAPPING ATOVPP recognises the data contaminated by precipitation and maps data between the measurement grids of the different instruments for example HIRS AMSU A AMSU B on HIRS grid HIRS MSU on HIRS grid AMSU A AMSU B on AMSU B grid Page 13 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 MAPPING CLOUD MASK AVH2HIRS applies the calibration coefficients calculated by AVHRCL to AVHRR counts and converts radiance into brightness temperature maps AVHRR data in HIRS FOV and makes the cloud mask MATA 2 1 for AAPP version 3 and later in the HIRS ellipse for contaminated pixels discrimination At the end of this procedure a level 1d file exists HIRS level 1d MAIA3 CALIB
189. libration navigation and pre processing then proceed in the same way as for the NOAA satellites For a general description of the METOP processing see the AAPP v6 or v7 Top Level Design document 24 Page 18 202 NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 06 May 2015 AAPP DOCUMENTATION ersion NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION he Once a month maia usno navy mil Navigation initialisation Get the polar motion International Atomic Time TAI Coordinated Universal Time UTC Universal Time 1 UT1 get tai ut1 utc C tai utcat finals2000A cata Figure 3 4 Periodical step for treating METOP data METOP Satellite Y User ground station a t Se i ADMIN CCSDS N Ee HIRSPFSLO AMSU APFSLO MHSPFSLO AVHRRPFSLO f IASIPFSLO N fom y See other y figure Convert HIRS PFS LO Convert AMSU A Convert MHSPFS LO Convert AVHRR PFS Y to HIRS AAPP la PFS LO to AMSU A to MHS AAPP la LO to HIRS AAPP Ha Navigation initialisati bane tai_utc dat format AAPP la format format format evigation mi isation 2 decom hirs decom amsua decom mhs decom avhrr spming He _finals2000A data _ metop metop metop metop EEN eee San CHIRSAAPPHa CAMSUAAAPPIta MHSAAPPIla AVHRR AAPP Ia spm date timetxt XC spm MXXindex Ne See the followi
190. lines added for one qualified calibration cycle of an orbit If the file doesn t exist after the launch of the satellite for example the script hcalcb1_algoV4 create the file empty file named hirs_historic Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number outputs HIRS_B1ASLOPE TXT Sequential file in ASCII text of 22 lines Contains the date and time of a reference time the number of hours The two parameters determines the period of the HIRS data used to compute the b1 coefficients and the average slopes Contains the 19 b1 coefficients and the 19 average slopes Located in the directory WRK 4 2 15 Inputs outputs HIRS calibration algorithm version 4 part 2 HIRSCL_ALGOV4 Inputs HIRS LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named hrsn l1b Output of the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 11 see hirscl_algo V4 ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation HIRS_B1ASLOPE TXT Sequential file in ASCII text of 22 lines Contains the date and time of a reference time the number of hours The two parameters determines the period of the HIRS data used to compute the b1 coefficients and the average slopes Contains the 19 b1 coefficients and the 19 average slopes Output of the script hcalcb1_algoV4 that must run before hirscl_algoV4 Associated with logical unit 14 see hirscl_algo V4 ksh Located in the directory WRK CALCOEF_ALGO
191. llow on NOAA NN series was launched NOAA 19 and the AAPP package versions 5 and 6 was extended to accept data from this series A next major development was the launch in 2006 of the first European METOP satellite METOP is part of the EUMETSAT Polar System EPS which is the European contribution to a joint European US polar satellite system called the Initial Joint Polar System IPS METOP capability was added in AAPP v6 The ability to process imager data from the Chinese FY 1D satellite was also added as part of AAPP v6 The first of the next generation of US operational polar orbiting weather satellites is the NPP NPOESS Preparatory Project launched in October 2011 Future satellites in the series will be named JPSS Joint Polar Satellite System AAPP v7 is designed to pre process data from the sounder and imager instruments on NPP while continuing to support MetOp and the older NOAA satellites This document provides a software description of the AAPP package It includes a description of the software modules for processing ATOVS and AVHRR data on METOP but excludes the IASI level 0 to level 1c convertor OPS LRS which is described in the OPS LRS User Manual 2 D MENTS AND TERMINOLOGY 2 1 APPLICABLE AND REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 1 NESS 107 Data Extraction and Calibration of TIROS N NOAA Radiometer NOAA Technical Memorandum Planet 1988 And the NOAA KLM user s guide on the web site http www2 ncdc noaa gov docs
192. lls different routines to apply a moon detection correction inamooninit generates initial fixed values It calls moon_position that calcultates the position of the moon inamooncor determines if the moon is in the AMSU A ifov inamootest modifycoefs calculates gain and optionally over write the calibration parameters To finish the level 1c header is completed and written in the level 1c file and the files are closed ioX1b and ioX1C Page 72 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 4 1 19 Mapping of sounders ATOVPP script and ATOVPP EXE ppsetup ppin ppproc1 pplut_iasi map_atms_to_cris atovpp ppmap ppproc2 ppout ppfinish Figure 4 20 ATOVPP modules hierarchy This task requires the level 1c files of each instrument and several resource files The ATOVPP script creates links to the resource files and creates a text file atovpp inp containing the mapping requirements for ATOVPP EXE It then checks the IASI fdf file in DIR_IASI_PREPROC to see whether a Principal Components analysis has been requested if Page 73 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 So it creates the necessary binary eigenvectors files from the supplied gzipped text files via a call to IAS EIGENVECTORS
193. ls differ It then calls ppacirr to calculate the cirrus scattering index by estimating the AMSU B 183GHz brightness temperature Finally it computes the NWCSAF scattering and precipitation indices The subroutine pphirs2 pre processes a block of level 1c HIRS data after mapping It first adds back the MSU limb darkening curves different for land and sea to HIRS fovs These curves are defined for each channel and for each HIRS scan angle see task 2 of 3 2 11 The subroutine then tests for cloud by calling the subroutine pphcloud which currently does nothing Lastly pphirs2 repeats pre processing tests for AMSU A but on the HIRS grid pphamsu see task 2 ppamsual e Looks for precipitation signal in AMSU A mapped to HIRS grid and sets flags accordingly pphapcp performs scattering test ppascat Crosby and Ferraro amp Wu test ppcrosby and Grody light rainfall test ppgrody e Estimates surface type and flags cloud liquid water using AMSU A data mapped to the HIRS grid uses AMSU A and AMSU B channels by calling pphasurf derived from ppasurf see task 2 The subroutine ppiasi2 also repeats pre processing tests for AMSU A but on the IASI grid ppiamsu Similarly pperis2 repeats pre processing tests for ATMS but on the CrIS grid TASK 5 DATA WRITING TO 1D LEVEL FILES PPOUT Page 87 202 NWP SAF AAPP DOCUMENTATION SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae IDoc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 pphoutdm
194. m min visibility deg Each data line contains step number position vector inertial velocity vector orbit number satellite in daylight 0 or night time 1 conditions satellite seen from the station 0 yes 1 no More details are given in satpos 5 SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named satpost log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 8 Inputs outputs for SATPOSTLE navigation initialisation Inputs TLE_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT See input of tleing TLE_NOAAXX INDEX See output of tleing STATIONS TXT ASCII file containing geographic coordinates of reception station Located in the directory DIR_STATIONS stations txt Each line contains the following information latitude deg longitude deg altitude km elevation min deg and name Outputs SATPOS_NOAAXX_YYYYMMDD TXT Satellite position velocity ASCII file associated with a given station and a given satellite xx satellite number yyyy year mm month dd day Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION satpos Some dummy lines may exists at the beginning of the file A line with the string satpos indicates the actual beginning of the file The file header contains following information names of satellite and station start date number of day calculation time step type research criteria of the orbital bulletin and name of orbital bulletin orbital parameters da
195. mapping ppmap is done within the AMSU A pre processing but is described below in the next task Some precipitation tests are performed during the AMSU A and ATMS data pre processing by calling the subroutines ppapcp and ppatmspcp They look for precipitation signals in AMSU A ATMS and set flags accordingly The following paragraphs describe AMSU A processing there are equivalent routines for ATMS First a scattering test ppascat is performed by computing and checking the scattering index This test can only be used over the sea It consists in estimating the AMSU A channel 15 brightness temperature BT from channels 1 2 and 3 and then determining the scattering index by differencing the observed and computed BT15 If the scattering index is gt 10k or lt 10K the fovs are flagged as scattering see scientific documentation Then the Crosby logistic precipitation test 6 is performed by calling subroutine ppcrosby This test is applied to AMSU A channels 1 amp 15 returns the probability of rain This test which is also only applicable over the sea also uses the relative scattering by hydrometeors at high frequency to flag rain or deep ice cloud The information is very similar to the scattering index and so this test may be redundant Lastly the Grody light rain test is performed by calling ppgrody This test is applied to the AMSU A channels 1 amp 2 It returns TRUE if rain is detected see scientific documentation After
196. me example noaal6 YYYYMMDD year month day of data HHMN hour of data NNNNN orbite number The file contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line the record size 29808 bytes Each record contains brightness temperatures time lat long view angles altitude and attitude quality control info Associated with logical units AVH1Cunit see ATOVS_ENV7 Located in the directory WRK To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named avhrrin log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK File is renamed at the end of MAIA3 RUN avhrrin_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN log 4 2 25 Inputs outputs sounders calibration application MAIA3_MAIN Inputs LEVEL 1C DATA FILES See output of AVHRRIN Outputs LEVEL 1D DATA FILES Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for each instrument according to the input options one file for one instrument Named avhrr lid by default File is renamed at the end of MAIA3 RUN Page 144 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 avh_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN l1d with SATIMG satellite name example noaa16 YYYYMMDD year month day of data HHMN hour of data NNNNN orbite number The fil
197. metry angles latitude and longitude from the AVHRR level 1C resolution every 40 points are interpolated extrapolated to each 2048 pixels of a line locl1b_2full Additional quality tests are done TASK 3 WORK ON AVHRR BOXES AND CLOUD MASK Around each pixel of an AVHRR box is built another box named local box The subroutine local_box computes the local variability standard deviation maximum differences for channels in the local box Then maia3_main exe calls the main subroutine maia At the first call of maia the subroutine maia_setup gets the name of all the useful files opens reads closes the coefficients file usefull for the routine tempsurfm It reads the threshold files to initialize the different thresholds several calls to iniseuil gets the coefficients for visible absorption lec_tabvis reads the landsea and elevation atlas To finish maia_setup calls lec_noise to get coefficients to compute the noise of the channels function of the surface temperature Always at the first call of maia the climatology files are read lec_clim_alb lec_clim_sst lec_clim_cwv clim_temps with only one argument the month Then lec_previ is called twice one time for the weather forecasts files preceding the date hour of the AVHRR data the second time for the files following the date hour of the AVHRR data Interpolation is done between fields to be the nearest of the AVHRR date time Now for all the calls to maia altitude surface type is defi
198. n and total sum sum squared for each column and total sum squared count for each column and total count Then the following calculations are made average for each column and total average standard deviation for each column and total standard deviation Then it writes to the standard output and writes standard deviation for each column and total standard deviation to a formatted historical file Lastly it writes AVHRR quality information to standard output good and bad lines missing line etc and closes AVHRR level 1B and HIRS level 1D files 4 1 23 AVHRR calibration AVHRRIN script and AVHRRIN EXE Page 97 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 infdf c2upper ioavhib byteswap1b pi wordswap j ioavhicid S i wordswap2 2 xdjc avhibhdp xhac I write 16bit avhrrin xhqc avhibdtp write16bit write32bit avh_lbc avh icon mvbits xdqc avhichdp xhqc xhqc gp_wb32 avhicdtp write32bit gp_wb16 write 16bit Figure 4 31 AVHRRIN modules hierarchy Page 98 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 This tas
199. n coefficient calculation Filled during the run of avhrcl exe if specified in input options One record added for one run Associated with logical unit 12 see avhrel ksh Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named avhrcl log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 21 Inputs outputs sounders calibration application ATOVIN Inputs LEVEL 1B DATA FILES Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for each instrument according to the input options one file per instrument These files come from HRPT raw data processed by the decommutation navigation and calibration modules output files of hirscl msucl amsuacl amsubcl mhscl Files are named hrsn lib msun lib aman lib ambn l1b From AAPP v7 2 the user may specify different input file names via the f option Each file contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line The size of the record depends on the instrument e 4608 bytes for HIRS e 2560 bytes for AMSU A e 3072 bytes for AMSU B MHS e 1024 bytes for MSU Each record contains calibration coefficients counts time lat lon view angles altitude and attitude quality control information housekeeping information Page 135 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 N
200. n task AAPP_RUN calls tools prhavh prhirs prhmsu to write level 1B headers and first records into ASCII files phavh_before_calib log phavh_before_calib log At the end it renames all output files to include information in the file names Satellite name date and time orbit number 4 1 2 Main module for direct readout of MetOp satellite AAPP RUN METOP script This module allows the user to link up the different steps of AAPP or AAPP OPS LRS All files to be processed are in a single directory One file per instrument i e dump mode File names follow the EUMETSAT convention e g AMSA_xxx_00_M04_20020808181206Z_20020808195406Z_N_O_20020808201206Z MHSx_xxx_00_M04_20020808181201Z_20020808195401Z_N_O_20020808201201Z HIRS_xxx_00_M04_20020808181200Z_20020808195358Z_N_O_20020808201200Z AVHR_xxx_00_M04_20020808181200Z_20020808182359Z_N_O_20020808201200Z HKTM_xxx_00_M04_20020808181200Z_20020808195358Z_N_O_20020808201200Z IAST Xxx 00 MO4 200208081812007 200208081953587 N O 200208082012007 Two steps a first one to get AMSU HIRS AVHRR products out Page 26 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 a second one to run IASI OPS LRS and generate products on IASI grid OPS LRS requires AVHRR I1b IASI OPS LRS is not automatically included in the AAPP v7 distribution It must be requested by the user The environment variables contained in the ATOVS_ENV7
201. nates are expressed in Greenwich reference frame X in equatorial plane toward Greenwich meridian Y in equatorial plane toward lon 90 degrees east Z terrestrial polar axis input output real kind 8 intent in lat geographic latitude rad real kind 8 intent in lon longitude rad real kind 8 intent out pos 3 cartesian position km subroutine sort_distance x n indx input output integer intent in n real intent in x n integer intent out indx 8 maia_Box_GetTopo F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Box_GetTopo idbg pp IL field id field_1b landsea elev box get the topography and elevation for the Box input output type debug INTENT in idbg Page 200 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 integer intent in pp ll Type field_info field id Type field intent in field_1b type topo_ field INTENT out landsea elev surface topography Is and elev type box id INTENT inout box box information AAPP src maiad libmaia41O source files maia_read_Viirs F90 subroutine maia_read_Viirs idbg field M field_I Type debug intent in idbg debug level 0 1 2 Type field intent out field M M fied structure Type field intent out field I I field structure Read in HDF5 format the contents of Read the VIIRS M SDR and Geolocation VIIRS_I SDR and Geolocation
202. nce level Level 0 HRPT data NOAA or PFS LO METOP Raw telemetry data including house keeping and others raw data Data of the different instruments are merged into a HRPT stream for NOAA One file per instrument for METOP AAPP level 1a separated data for each instrument AAPP level 1b Earth located and calibration coefficients reversible calibration coefficients are separated from raw data AAPP level 1c Earth located and converted to brightness temperature data non reversible calibration coefficients are applied to data AAPP level 1d mapped and filtered data with optional cloud mask in the case of HIRS PFS level 1B for AVHRR Earth located and calibration coefficients flags PFS level 1C for IASI Gaussian apodised resampled radiance spectra corrected for all geometrical and instrumental effects with mapped AVHRR Earth located For the NPP JPSS and some other programmes e g DMSP NOAA adopt the following naming convention and these names will be used in the AAPP documentation where applicable Raw data records RDR Raw data from the instrument Temperature data records TDR Calibrated geolocated antenna temperatures from microwave sounder i e no correction for antenna pattern Original instrument grid Sensor data records SDR Calibrated geolocated brightness temperatures radiances or reflectivities In the case of microwave instruments antenna correction has been applied Either original inst
203. nd coloc The LUT also provide a representative value a weight for each mapping fov internal subroutine weights and for the appropriate mapping mode nearest neighbour bilinear interpolation weighted average with the 4 corners or spatial average gaussian function or linear The resulting weight is applied to each colocated mapping fov to provide the mapped value An appropriate LUT must be produced before running mapping routines Weights for Backus Gilbert convolution are pre calculated and are read earlier by ppbginit In the case of IASI if only a single detector of the four is to be used then a call to pplut_iasi is made at this point If all detectors are to be used then the call to pplut_iasi is delayed until later see Task 3 The mapping from ATMS to CrIS is performed using the actual geolocation latitudes longitudes rather than look up tables see 37 The following tasks 2 3 4 and 5 are performed on data blocks extracted from each instrument and stored in specific common blocks This is done by calling subroutine ppin which reads data from each instrument ppXget according to input options and stores them in instrument specific commons ppXind For IASI and CrIS ppiget ppcrisget do not attempt to store in memory all the channel data for a block Instead they read in the data for a scan line performs IASI CrIS specific pre processing see below then write the data for that scan line to the output level 1d file The p
204. nd copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF hirs by the installation script Outputs HIRS LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named hrsn l1b File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN hirsl1b_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN l1b Compared to level 1a structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 11 see hirscl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation MONHIRS TXT Formated file in ASCII text Contains various statistics parameters showing the evolution of the calibration coefficient calculation Filled during the run of hirscl exe if specified in input options One record added for one run Associated with logical unit 14 see hirscl ksh Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named hirscl log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 14 Inputs outputs HIRS calibration algorithm version 4 part 1 HCALCB1_ALGOV4 Inputs HIRS_HISTORIC TXT Formated file in ASCII text Contains values of various parameters used into the calculation of the calibration coefficients Page 126 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 Filled during the run of hirscl_algoV4 exe 70
205. ned landsea maia_init computes the geometry and climatology informations The temperature of the surface is computed Differents thresholds are computed Thresholds sn16 over snow ice albsnow IR thresholds over sea valseuil sea IR thresholds over land valseuil_land Visible thresholds Thresholds for cloud type valseuil_ct Some additional corrections for particular conditions are calculated The subroutine cox_munk is called to compute the maximum reflextance over sea The cloud mask is computed in the subroutine masque Series of tests are done If over sea testsd if day testsg if sunglint testsn if night testst if twilight If over land Page 103 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 testld if day testlg if sunglint testln if night testlt if twilight If over coast tested if day testcg if sunglint testcn if night testct if twilight If the pixel is cloudy the programs tests if it is a black body cornoir Then it looks for the cloud type by calling to ct day day conditions ct night night conditions ct dawn dawn conditions Then the 15 output parameters of maia are stored into th etable par maia as follow maia_par 15 avhrr information parameters 1 clear cloudy snow ice flag 0 clear 1 cloudy 3 snow 4 ice 2 surface temperature if
206. nels If channels is present then corresponding channels will be read if not all channels of given Band are read from one file or from the list of files If no_geo is present and false or not present geolocation file is loaded from geolocfile if present or from the root attribute N_GEO_Ref but same directory as filenames 1 Then geolocation is processed Input output character len intent in bandname VIIRS Band Name I M or DNB type viirs_sdr intent inout x character len intent in filenames Name of file one for all or one per channel integer intent out err integer optional intent in channels if present the list of channels character len optional intent in geolocfile file name for geolocation logical optional intent in no_geo if TRUE geolocation is not loaded logical optional intent in clean if TRUE remove unsed arrays subroutine viirs_sdr_save x filename err compress Saves structure x to and HDFS file meta data per granule are not written meta data for aggregate granule are written Input output type viirs_sdr intent in x character len intent in filename Name of file one for all or one per channel integer intent out err logical optional intent in compress subroutine viirs_sdr_info x nchannels npixels nlines nscans ngranules err returns number of pixels lines scans granules returns the real number of channels loaded
207. ness temperatures box_bts radiance boxes box rads and mapping box map These boxes are centred on the HIRS target pixel 33 x 38 is a good size to include HIRS fov Values of the mapping box are as follows 0 pixel inside the ellipse 1 outside 2 for AVHRR missing line or bad pixels Page 94 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 TASK 4 CLOUD MASK pr_ellip ppellip xavg avh_cir_r iniseuil glint testsd testcd testld maia masque testsg testcg testsn testcn testin testst tempsurfm testlt tempsurft Figure 4 30 MAIA modules hierarchy Page 95 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 For each HIRS target pixel the maia cloud mask subroutine is called with the three box arrays in input The mask is based on a threshold technique applied to every AVHRR pixel inside the HIRS ellipse Threshold tests are applied to various combinations of channels If the succession of tests is successful the pixel is considered as clear The combinations of channels used depend on the geographical location of the pixel land sea coast on the solar illumination and the viewing geometry daytime night time dawn sunglint The thresholds are computed
208. nformation parameters see above 4 2 yyyymmdd year month day hhmm hours minutes nnnnn orbit number source l1b name of the level 1b file to process c l are optional s d h n and the source llb are obligatory 4 3 13 Description of the script ATOVIN This script allows running of the atovin exe program that processes level 1b TOVS ATOVS to level 1c It reads the environment parameters in ATOVS_ENV7 to get the conditions of the run It generates dynamically the user input options file atovin input including the instruments to process Examples HIRS MSU or HIRS AMSU A AMSU B Page 155 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bas 06 May 2015 It associates logical unit numbers with level 1b files to read with level 1c files to write and with required fixed data The program is then launched with the user options file as input atovin exe lt atovin input The log file is saved in the output file atovin log Lastly it deletes the input file atovin input and the links between the level 1b and level Ic files and the associated logical units Usage is atovin f infiles instruments If input files are specified they must be in the same order as the list of instruments and must be enclosed in quotes if there is more than one instrument A companion script atovin_antorr is available to apply or remove the antenna correction for microwave instruments AMSU MH
209. ng read_pm_utlutc and read tai utc the satellite position and velocity in the inertial reference frame using the spm model extrapolation model and the conversion subroutine osc to rec from osculating to rectangular elements conversion into a Greenwich reference frame pvj2000grw orbit number deduced from the z component visibility from the station including refraction trackang satellite in daylight or nighttime conditions if the satellite is seen from the station sungrw sunsat It writes the results on the standard output spm_satpos calls others subroutines to initiate variables useful to spm model Page 39 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bac 06 May 2015 e spm_fnode calculates nodal period time interval between 2 successive ascending nodes and ascending node time of the first orbit after the SPM date e spm_forb calculates the orbit number for the given date from the nodal period and the initial ascending node time 4 1 7 Decommutation modules DECOMMUTATION script and DECOMMUTATION EXE dcin dcsetu function rdnoaaid chksatid cktime function hrpdat function hrptim decommutation hrptdc genac vele dd see its own module hierarchy atovdc see its own module avhrdc hierarchy dcexit Figure 4 7 DECOMMUTATION and HRPTDC module hierarchy To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines of the l
210. ng closes the different files Page 29 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Pec D EG NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 Modules SATPOST SATPOST EXE See also reference manual pages satpost 1 satpos 5 libbrolyd 3 tb_gnv tb_glpv tb de gstatc men brea e Figure 4 2 Flow chart on the SATPOST module components SATPOS tb_satpos These modules create a satellite position velocity file satpos file for a given satellite for a given station a start time and a given duration They search the TBUS bulletin file for the orbital parameters time closest to the given start time TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETERS READING satpost gets The satellite name and the station name The start time from which the orbital parameters are extrapolated The time step and the number of days The home directory for the TBUS files and the index file name The criteria to search the TBUS bulletin the nearest or the preceding one TASK 2 INITIALISATION It finds opens and reads the TBUS bulletin corresponding to the research criterion To find the file name of the valid TBUS bulletin it calls the subroutune tb_gnv if the search criteria is the nearest to the start time The searched TBUS date must be in a time interval It calls tb_glpv if the search criterion is the last preceding valid TBUS filename from the index file The index file is supposed to be chronological tb dc dec
211. ng figure In AAPP the AVHRR file is named with the hrpt word Figure 3 5 First steps for treating METOP data ATOVS part Page 19 202 Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae finals2000A data DC tai_utc dat i spm_date_timetxt X spm _MXXindex gt y Creation of the satpos file sateph calls ephe satpostle or satposspm Es EEN a b 77 S satpos MXX datebd LES ephe MXX datetxt j 24 C HIRS AAPP ta CAMSUAAAPPIfa C1 Calibration navigation localisation hirscl or hirscl_algoV4 Calibration navigation lo calisation amsuacl Calibration navigation lo calisation mhscl Calibration navigation lo calisation avhrcl hirs historic file manage hcalcb1_algoV4 ul HIRSAAPPItb gt 7 SNS C AMSUA AAPP ID MHSAAPPIb gt C AVHRR AAPP 1b gt See the following figure In AAPP the AVHRR file is named with the hrpt word Figure 3 6 Second steps for treating METOP data ATOVS part Page 20 202 Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 METCP Satellite For AVHRR HIPS AVSUA VHS N Ne 7 See other figure a y v Convert AVHRR AAPP C AVHRRPFSLIc Hb to AVHRRPFS Lib format
212. ng the AVHHRR AAPP 11a 11b file 4 1 28 Convert AVHRR lib in AAPP format to NOAA format avhrr_aapp_to_class script and avhrr_aapp_to_class exe Introduced in AAPP v7 6 This tool converts AVHRR level 1B in AAPP format to NOAA 16 bit KLM format 4 1 29 Initialisation before OPS LRS software SATPOS SVM KSH SATPOS SVM PL This module is used for creating a SVM file OPS using a satpos file as input Satpos file contain indication on the exposition of the satellite to the sun and these informations are transcribed in the SVM file Note that only UMBRA_END and UMBRA_START informations are actully filled in the SVM file Page 107 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 4 1 30 Initialisation before OPS LRS software MESSAGES OSV KSH MESSAGES OSV PL This module is used for creating a OSV file for OPS from messages extracted from the ASCII ADMIN buffer Only messages reporting manoeuvres are actually transcribed to the OSV file 4 1 31 Navigation tools SATEPH script LGEPHEING script and LGEPHING EXE LGEPHE script and LGEPHE EXE ALLEPH script and EPHE TRACKING ANTCNFT DRIFTEPHE TBUSDISP script TBUSDISP EXE TLEPRINT script TLEPRINT EXE Those modules are not called by the script AAPP_RUN_NOAA Module SATEPH See also reference manual pages satpos 5 ephe 5 sateph module prepares a satellite position velocity satpos file and an ephemeris eph
213. ngle to the Moon they are excluded from the mean For each channel and each scan line these averaged values are stored in the arrays spmean space and itmean ITW Quality control flags are updated amb_iwttmp for each scan line converts PRT counts to temperature for IWT and instruments Final temperature of each IWT is a weighted average of the temperatures extracted from their associated PRT Arrays of averaged temperatures farg_temp and inst_temp are filled Quality control flags are updated amb_avg computes mean counts for space and IWT Averaging is performed on several consecutive lines for each channel These mean values fill arrays spavg space and itavg IWT Quality control flags are updated amb_cal for each line and each channel computes calibration coefficients from space and IWT data performs temperature radiance conversion deduces primary calibration coefficients Page 63 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 a0 al a2 Primary and secondary coefficients u0 ul u2 are stored in the commons amb_1bhd and scan The quality control flags are updated TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of calibration coefficients and quality control parameters in the AMSU B level 1b resource file According to input options statistics results are stored into the stat file and a log debug file is updated amb_updt update
214. ntage of valid VIIRS pixels for mapping For further information please refer to the document VIIRS CrIS mapping 38 Page 202 202
215. num_tests 3 I Perform the Emission Difference Test Group Group IT tests listed below BTM12 BTM13 Difference Test for latitudes between 600 S and 600 N BTM15 BTM12 Difference Test 2 Perform the Reflectance Cirrus Test Group Group IV test listed below RefM9 Test input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT out CMa maia_CMa_LD F90 SUBROUTINE maia_CMa_LD idbg pix_id pix box thres CMa land day Imax_num_tests 8 Gr 1 Emission Threshold BTI0S for coherence maiav3 Gr 2 Emission Difference Tests 1 BT37 BT40 for lat 60S 60N and TOC NDVI gt 0 2 2 BT108 BT37 for TOC NDVI gt 0 2 3 BT87 BT108 Gr 3 Reflectance Threshold Tests 4 Ref06 Test 2 Ref08 Ref06 RatioTest for coherence seviri Gr 4 Reflectance Thin Cirrus Refl3 Test Ja la place du 1 6mm Gr 5 Emission Thin Cirrus Test BT108 BT120 input output type debug INTENT in idbg type pix_info INTENT in pix_id type pix_data INTENT in pix type box id INTENT in box type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CMa INTENT inout CMa maia CMa LN F90 SUBROUTINE maia CMa LN idbg pix id pix box thres CMa land night max num tests 5 1 Page 178 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP S
216. o INTENTC in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel real INTENT in CloudTopTemp real INTENT out CloudTopPres subroutine Temp_2Pres box pix_id Tcld Pcld computation of the CloudTopPres with vertical profile from surface to tropopause input output real intent in Tcld type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_info INTENT in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel real intent inout Pcld subroutine Temp_Subsidence box inver_p inver_t inver_cp inver_ct inver_type computation of the CloudTopTemp corrected with data in table input output type box id INTENT n box info at the center of the box real intent out inver p inver t inver cp inver ct logical intent out inver_type maia_Cloud_Type F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Cloud_Type idbg box pix_id pix thres CT input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_info INTENT inout pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_thres INTENT in thres type maia_CT INTENT out CT Page 185 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF Version 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 maia_Cloud_Phase F90 SUBROUTINE maia Cloud Phase
217. o latitude and longitude IR InfraRed IWT internal warm target LAC Local Area Coverage Mapping for sounders computing sounder data to another sounder grid For imaging radiometer imaging radiometer data segmentation to sounder ellipse MetOp Meteorological Operational satellite MHS Microwave Humidity Sounder MIRP Manipulated Information Rate Processor MSU Microwave Sounding Unit H waves microwaves Nadir Satellite vertical direction NESDIS National Environmental Satellite Data Information Service NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NORAD North American Aerospace Defense Command NPP NPOESS Preparatory Project NWP SAF Numerical Weather Prediction Satellite Application Facility Perigee Satellite orbit point which is the nearest from the Earth opposite apogee PM Pulse Modulation POES Polar Orbiting Environmental Satellite s Page 11 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 PRT Platinum Resistance Thermometer Rg Greenwich reference frame RI local reference frame Rs spacecraft fixed reference frame Rv satellite local orbital frame SDP4 Orbit extrapolation model for deep space object Two Line Element sets SEM Space Environment Monitor SGP4 Orbit extrapolation model for near Earth object Two Line Element sets SSU Stratospheric Sounding Unit SST Sea Surface Temperature TBUS Name of th
218. observations albedo in Tb in K type box id intent out box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box maia_Fill_Output F90 SUBROUTINE maia_Fill_Output idbg topo box pix_id pix CMa CT CH maia_par 1 Cloud Mask summary of CMa 0 clear 1 cloudy 3 clear over snow 4 clear over ice 5 aerosol_dust_ash_ fire 2 Cloud Mask Quality from the number of tests involved 3 high 2 medium 1 poor 0 bad 3 Cloud Mask Confidence from the proximity of thresholds before Cloud Adjacency 3 confident clear 2 probably clear 1 probably cloudy Osconfident cloudy 4 Cloud Mask Adjacency from cloud confidence evaluation of surrounding pixels 0 confident clear 1 probably clear 2 probably cloudy 3 confident cloudy 5 Surface temperature for confident clear over sea over land 6 Box size number of Moderate pixels lines 7 Box bg Tskin source 0 from climatology 1 from forecast 8 Box Bg Tskin used K 9 Box Bg WV Content source 0 from climatology 1 from forecast 10 Box Bg WV Content used g cm2 7 low clouds 9 medium clouds 11 Box surface altitude m 12 Box atlas surface type 0 sea l mixed 2 land 3 desert 13 Box day_time 0 Night 1 Twilight 2 Day 3 Sunglint 14 Box specular reflexion 0 no l yes 15 pixel surface altitude m 16 pixel surface type O sea l mixed 2 l
219. ocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 The name of the SVM file is optional if it is not present then stdout is used 4 3 24 Description of the script MESSAGES OSV This script is invoked as messages osv messages txt xxxx_OSV_ The name of the OSV file is optional if it is not present then stdout is used 4 3 25 Description of the script SATEPH sateph to run the ephemeris scheme short term The usage is sateph options where options are S satellite_list S station_name b bulletin_list d start_date n number of days real i increment in seconds real C search criteria n for nearest or p for preceding the date format can be a date or a date hour string or an offset in days to the current day for example d dd mm yy hh mm ss sss 2 spaces between yy hh or d dd mm yy hh mm or d dd mm yy or d 3 3 days ago or d 4 4 days after 4 3 26 Description of the script LGEPHEING See also the reference manual man pages lgepheing With the lgepheing ksh korn shell and after each performance of lgepheing exe historical files automatically determined by input satellites numbers are updated It must run before Igephe Usage is Igepheing s satellite_list f tbus_file s to specify the list of satellites to be considered f to specify the TBUS bulletin to process s and f are optional If no parameter is specified as an option d
220. ocic wordswap Page 76 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 i iohic wordswap ioaic wordswap iob1c wordswap iomic wordswap pplut ioitc wordswap e wordswap ioipc se iS wordswap2 timesub ppscan params N er ae ellipse N location coloc weights sort_dist Figure 4 22 PPLUT modules hierarchy Page 77 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 06 May 2015 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ba timeadd pphget ppaget ppin ppmget ppiget ppipeget ppatmsget lt timesub iohic pphind timesub ioalc ppaind timesub iobic ppbind timesub iomic ppmind timesub ioidc ppiind ppithin ppitd ioitd timesub ioipc ppipcind ppipcthin ioitd timesub ioatic ppatmsind timesub ioidc ppcrisget K a ppcristind ppcrisid joiid
221. odes the part IV of the TBUS bulletin to extract orbital parameters and to check that extracted parameters are in the authorised value area Page 30 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID EE De NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 By calling gstatc it initialises the station coordinates latitude longitude altitude from the file Stations txt directory DIR STATIONS defined in ATOVS_ENV and then converts them into Greenwich cartesian coordinates satpost returns information on standard output TASK 3 POSITION CALCULATIONS FOR ALL THE STEPS tb_satpos does this task It calculates the satellite position The calculations are made since the start date during several days with a time increment It begins by initialising the brolyd model with the current TBUS For each time the following calculations are performed calculation loop the satellite position and velocity in the inertial reference frame using the brolyd extrapolation model conversion into a Greenwich reference frame celem and pvitodgrw orbit number deduced from the z component visibility from the station including refraction trackang satellite in daylight or nighttime conditions if the satellite is seen from the station sungrw sunsat It writes the results on the standard output tb_satpos calls others subroutines to initiate variables useful to brolyd model e tb_fnode calculates nodal period time interval between 2 successive ascending nodes an
222. of data NNNNN orbite number Each file contains 1 header record 1 data record for each scan line the record size depends on the instrument e 6656 bytes for HIRS e 3072 bytes for AMSU A e 4608 bytes for AMSU B MHS e 512 bytes for MSU Each record contains brightness temperatures time lat long view angles altitude and attitude quality control info Associated with logical units see atovin ksh 21 for hrsn llc 22 for aman llc 23 for ambn lic 24 for msu lle Located in the directory WRK To get the details of the files see the corresponding include files SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named atovin log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 22 Inputs outputs sounders mapping ATOVPP Inputs LEVEL 1C DATA FILES Named hrsn lic msun lic aman lic ambn llc iasi l1c Outputs of the atovin task Associated with logical units see atovpp ksh 11 for hrsn l1c 12 for aman l1c 13 for ambn llc 14 for msu l1c 15 for iasi l1c Page 137 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 16 for iasi Ipe 17 for atms llc 18 for cris l1c Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of atovin From AAPP v7 2 the user may specify different input file names via the f option INSTRUMENT FIXED DATA FILES
223. ommand to download selected file and load login cookies Uncompress the file with gunzip command Store file in TLE directory Modules TLEING TLEING EXE See also reference manual pages tleing 1 libtle 3 tle 5 libsgp 3f tle_chk N tle_prn tle glpv tle sde sgp4 dx sdp4 Figure 4 3 Flow chart on the components of the TLEING module These modules allow the ingest of Two Line bulletin s tle They can process one or several satellites option The Two Line file name can be specified option By default all the tle files which are newer than the last update of the index files corresponding to the satellite list are ingested For each satellite one historical file is created or updated e TLE index file relative to the TLE orbital parameters Each record contains epoch time quality tbus filename The TLE epoch may be at any position in the historical files which means that an old TLE can be inserted in the files To insert new information Page 32 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 e orbital parameters have to be extracted from TLE resources bulletin the user chooses files depending on which to satellites are to be processed input configuration e quality controls are made to check new orbit continuity compared to the preceding orbit the sgp4 extrapolation model is used TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETERS REA
224. ordswap ioavhicid wordswap2 xdjc avhibhdp xhac write 16bit xiqj xiqg xhac maia main Ma avhibdtp Es write16bit write32bit loclib 2full local box maia mvbits Figure 4 32 MAIA_MAIN modules hiearchy Page 100 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION ba 06 May 2015 NWP SAF iniseuil maia_setup mvbits xijg lec_noise lec_clim_alb mvbits lec_clim_sst mvbits lec_clim_cwv mvbits clim_temps d init_NWP_fields grib_open_file lec_previ lec_grib_api N grib close file maia landsea maia_twvc maia_init maia_twvc glint cox_munk valseuil reset leroux albsnow 7 simulatmos_vis valseuil sea valseuil land indwat cox munk _ ffresnel valseui_ct valseuil maxt4 valseuil_ opaq N valseuil maxo1 masque See its own modules hierarchy Figure 4 33 MAIA modules hierarchy Page 101 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 threshold_pix
225. ox id INTENT inout box box information type clim_field intent in clim Page 190 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae maia_GetGlint F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetGlint idbg box Sunglint is defined as sea maximum reflectance at 0 6 micron gt 10 sun zenith angle less than 75 degres Sea maximum reflectance is computed using Cox amp Munck equations dcj 1 sunglint input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT inout box box information maia_GetPrev F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetPrev idbg box pix_id bg Tair is computed using the temperature at 1000hPa and a slope of 0 65K per 100m If missing the value of OK is given input output type debug INTENT inout idbg type box id INTENT inout box box information type pix_info INTENT in pix_id lat lon solar and satellite angles at the pixel type nwp_field INTENT in bg 2 forecast information maia_GetThres_CMa F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CMa idbg box pix reflec thvis_sea thvis_land amp input output REAL INTENT in reflec nbreflecsol nbreflecsat nbreflecazi 3 type debug INTENT in idbg type box_id INTENT in box lat lon solar and satellite angles at the center of the box type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_VISThresTables INTENT in th
226. pbgb2a maps AMSU B fovs to an individual AMSU A fov It selects mapping fovs from those given and derives brightness temperatures and other parameters at the specific target fov After initialisation the routine first tries only those fovs with primary calibration Otherwise it accepts those with secondary calibration It checks the range of the 89GHz channel over the AMSU A fov and finishes setting the flags and calculates mapped BTs Note that only those AMSU B fovs with the same surface type as the AMSU A fov are mapped unless AMSU A fov is of mixed type in which case all AMSU B fovs are mapped The subroutine ppa2b maps values from AMSU A grid to AMSU B fov Note that we are using the nearest AMSU A fov only so this is a simple task After initialisation the routine derives brightness temperatures from AMSU A to AMSU B and then maps pre processing variables The mapping of ATMS to CrIS is performed by a separate subroutine map_atms_to_cris called directly from the atovpp main program It does not use ppmap TASK 4 PRE PROCESSING AFTER MAPPING PPPROC2 Page 85 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF Version 7 6 06 May 2015 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae _ __average_T89 T150 Ppamsub2 lt _
227. puts for tleing TLE_NOAAXX INDEX Input for satpostle exe See above 3 3 3 inputs outputs for tleing Outputs SATPOS_NOAAXX_YYYYMMDD TXT output for satpost exe or satpostle exe input for ephe and tracking See above 3 3 4 and 3 3 5 inputs outputs for satpost satpostle EPHE_NOAAXX_YYYYMMDD TXT Output of ephe and tracking Name of the ASCII ephemeris file associated with a given station and a specific satellite xx satellite number yyyymmdd start date of the ephemeris Located in the directory DIR NAVIGATION ephe Each data line contains the following information calendar date of the event yyyy mm dd time of the event hh mmi ss sss satellite name noaaxx orbit number event code start acg start of acquisition stop acg end of acquisition asc node ascending node dsc node descending node Sun rise sun rise for station sun set sun set for station site max maximum site during the acquisition short acg acquisition too short start conflict or stop conflict start stop of conflict for one antenna acguisition system a text associated with the event station name for start acg stop acag start conflict stop conflict longitude of nodes deg for asc node dsc node site deg for site max acquisition duration in minutes for short acg No line of comments authorised More details are given in ephe 5 EPHE_YYYYMMDD TXT Input output of antcnft Name of the ASCII ephemeris file associated
228. r subroutine viirs_edr_img_checkaggregate x y err Page 172 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 verifies agg_att Y is the same as the one contained in X if any Input output type viirs_edr_img intent inout x type jpss meta aggregate intent inout y INTEGER intent out ERR Error code Low level subroutines For each fortran structure 3 modules are automatically generated e definition modules _def F90 contain the fortran structure definition fortran I O modules _io F90 _rh subroutines read HDF5 _writea subroutines write ASCII _wh subroutines write HDF5 e memory modules _mem F90 free free pointers structure init initialise structure copy x y copy structure y to x Most structures contains arrays of pointers The dimensions could be pixels lines scans granules The size of the dimensions are not part of the structure itself but could be easily given by the size fortran intrinsic routine e g nlines size x BrightnessTemperature 2 4 4 4 MAlAv4 CLOUD MASK Run MAIAv4 on VIIRS SDR files Usage is MAIA4 RUN viirs_sdr_directory viirs_sdr_directory is the directory containing the VIIRS SDR files to be processed maia_Viirs exe main executable This script and program provide a cloud mask on the VIIRS M grid It requires VIIRS I and M SDR granule files and several resource files to get prior inform
229. r following the instruments to process See the corresponding scripts More often the associated logical unit is 16 Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION tbus_tb or orb_elem More details are given in clockerror 5 Page 124 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 Outputs LEVEL 1B DATA FILES Files are named hrsn lib msun lib aman lib ambn lib hrpt lib Files are renamed at the end of AAPP RUN hirslib SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HEHMN INNNNN MIID msullb_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN NNNNN 11b amsuallb_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN NNNNN 11b amsubl1b_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b hrpt_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b with SATIMG satellite name example noaa16 YYYYMMDD year month day of data HHMN time of data NNNNN orbit number Compared to level la structure navigation parameters have been updated Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation 4 2 13 Inputs outputs HIRS calibration first algorithm HIRSCL Inputs HIRS LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named hrsn l1b Output of the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 11 see hirscl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation CALCOEF DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Contains calibration HIRS parameters Self documented lines of comments begin with
230. re processing steps are as follows e If spatial thinning has been requested determine the best detector to use for each spot ppithin ppcristhin Page 79 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 e Copy selected data to the 1d common area ppild ppcris1d e g latitude longitude radiance data for the channel selection specified in ZASI fdf CRIS fdf and in the case of IASI mapped AVHRR data e Compute Principal Component scores if this has been requested by the user ppispectra called from ppild ppcrisspectra called from ppcris1d e Write data to 1d file ioild ioc1d For the data block the only IASI CrIS data retained in memory ppiind ppcrisind are the data that are required in the AMSU mapping process i e the scan line numbers scan line times latitudes longitudes and zenith angles Page 80 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has o May 2015 TASK 2 PRE PROCESSING BEFORE MAPPING PPPROC1 _ biascorr T1 surfeley ET
231. record in the historical ephemeris utilities file lge_wind Modules LGEPHE LGEPHE EXE See also reference manual pages lgephe 1 lgephe 5 ephe 5 They are navigation tools useful to produce an ephemeris file which contains the times of the ascending and descending nodes the times of start and end of acquisition Igephe produces a long term ephemeris file i e over several months for one satellite due to the historical ephemeris utilities file and several stations In this case the satellite position is calculated by an approximate method assuming a circular orbit with linear variation of the nodal period and of the node longitude increment TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETER READING It gets the satellite name the start date and the number of days the historical ephemeris utilities file name the station names TASK 2 INITIALISATION It opens the historical ephemeris utilities file and reads it by calling lg gelem Ig_gelem reads parameters preceding the stop time for the ephemeris in the historical ephemeris utilities file It stores them in circular arrays of 30 elements to be adapted according to the long term ephemeris duration The stored values are used to compute linear regressions on the nodal Page 109 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 period and longitude increment Then it calculates the reference orbit that will be used for ephemeris c
232. rnished just before the satellite launch Associated with logical unit 10 see atovin ksh Located Located in the directory AAPP src preproc libatovin and copied into the directory DIR_PREPROC by the installation script STX1_MAR99CORR DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Contains March 99 STX 1 corrections for NOAA 15 AMSU B data To get details of the format see the module amb_getstx1 F AAPP src preproc libatovin that reads the file Associated with logical unit 99 see atovin ksh Located in the directory DIR_PREPROC Outputs LEVEL 1C DATA FILES Direct access and unformatted binary files separated for each instrument according to the input options one file for one instrument Named hrsn lic msun lic aman lic ambn lic From AAPP v7 2 if the user specifies input file names other than the default names then the output file names will be based on the supplied input files but with a suffix 11c and with 11b converted to llc in the file name Page 136 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Files are renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN hirsllc_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN l1c msullc_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN l1c amsuallc_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD HHMN _ NNNNN l1c amsublic_ SATIMG _ YYYYMMDD _ HHMN NNNNN l1c with SATIMG satellite name example noaa16 YYYYMMDD year month day of data HHMN hour
233. rom the list AMSU A AMSU B HIRS default HIRS Z skip avh2hirs C skip calibration L skip Earth location file name HRPT data file full path or relative to current D and Y are optional But it is strongly recommended to specify the year of the HRPT data By default the year is the current year Using YEAR default can cause problems when processing later data from current year or earlier file_name is an obligatory parameter Calls other scripts tbusing tleing satpost satpostle decommutation prhirs hirscl hirscl_algoV4 prhmsu msucl amsuacl amsubcl mhscl prhavh avhrcl atovin atovpp avh2hirs log_info log_error Calls executable files hrpidf exe sdh2orbnum exe Page 150 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 4 3 2 Description of the script CHK1BTIME Included in the decommutation ksh file The script chk1btime is activated with one obligatory argument The level 1 b file name For example chklbtime hirsl1a_noaal15_19980716_0715_00905 11b 4 3 3 Description of the script TBUSING See also the reference manual man pages tbusing With the tbusing ksh korn shell and after each performance of tbusing exe historical files automatically determined by input satellites numbers are updated Usage is tbusing s satellite f tbus_file s to specify the list of satellites to be considered f to specify the TB
234. rom the mean For each channel and each scan line these averaged values are stored in the arrays spmean space and itmean ITW Quality control flags are updated mhs_iwttmp for each scan line converts PRT counts to temperature for IWT and instruments Final temperature of each IWT is a weighted average of the temperatures extracted from their associated PRT Arrays of averaged temperatures farg_temp and inst_temp are filled Quality control flags are updated mhs_avg computes mean counts for space and IWT Averaging is performed on several consecutive lines for each channel These mean values fill arrays spavg space and itavg IWT Quality control flags are updated mhs_cal for each line and each channel computes calibration coefficients from space and IWT data performs temperature radiance conversion deduces primary calibration coefficients a0 al a2 Primary and secondary coefficients u0 ul u2 are stored in the commons mhs_1bhd and scan The quality control flags are updated TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of calibration coefficients and quality control parameters in the MHS level 1b resource file According to input options statistics results are stored into the stat file and a log debug file is updated mhs_updt updates header and data in the MHS level 1b Page 66 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Pec D ARR MUR we NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 mhsclexit clos
235. rrays of averaged temperatures arg temp and inst temp are filled Quality control flags are updated ama_avg computes mean counts for space and IWT Averaging is performed on several consecutive lines for each channel These mean values fill arrays spavg space and itavg IWT Quality control flags are updated ama_cal for each line and each channel computes calibration coefficients from space and IWT data performs temperature radiance conversion deduces primary calibration coefficients a0 al a2 Primary and secondary coefficients u0 ul u2 are stored in the commons ama_Ibhd and scan The quality control flags are updated TASK 3 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of calibration coefficients and quality control parameters in the AMSU A level 1b resource file According to input options statistics results are stored into the stat file and a log debug file is updated ama_updt updates header and data in the AMSU A level 1b Page 60 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 amaclexit closes the log debug file and the AMSU A level 1b file 4 1 15 AMSU B calibration modules AMSUBCL script and AMSUBCL EXE Page 61 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 def_att calatt clkerr_get ambclin j EF ambsetu ambhdr ambdtr amb rea
236. rs_paste_sdr in for i in Slist do echo i gt gt viirs paste sdr in done echo compress gt gt viirs paste sdr in viirs_paste_sdr exe lt viirs_paste_sdr in This tool is based upon the libaapp viirs library 4 4 2 Decode EDR IMG granule files for VIIRS Usage is viirs_edr_img exe lt viirs_edr_img in where viirs_edr_img in contains iopt 1 2 or 3 the band name I M or NCC input file name channel optional The last 2 items may be repeated several times if iopt 2 if iopt 1 One Band One file List of channels if iopt 2 One band One file All channels if iopt 3 One band list of file channel The program provide an ascii file named fort 20 viirs_img_edr F90 is provided as an example of program which reads EDR IMG granules files Please note that this program has been tested only with the NPP pre launch data tests with VIIRS I EDR IMG files from CLASS Page 168 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION E E NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 4 4 3 The Fortran90 aapp viirs API This library contains functions that enables you to read and write VIIRS SDR and IMG EDR files in a more user friendly way than using the hdf5 fortran90 API User level subroutine subroutine viirs_sdr_load bandname x filenames err channels geolocfile no_geo Loads and pre process all VIIRS data for a given Band according to options returns x If only one filename it will be used for all chan
237. rts from HDF5 to AAPP binary format specified in include file mwts h The early releases of MWTS data by CMA suffered from limited quality control of the brightness temperatures and geolocation therefore AAPP performs the following additional QC checks Calibration slope reject scans having a slope less than 99 of the median Latitude longitude check scan to scan consistency and difference across the scan Reject scans with lunar contamination in space view usage mwts_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile If Output file is not specified the name of the output file is the same as the name of the input file except that the suffix is changed to 11c mwts2_sdr mwts2_sdr exe Convert MWTS2 SDR files in HDF 5 format to AAPP 1c format Usage is as above but for the MWTS2 instrument on FY 3C and later satellites Quality control is limited to checking the geolocation mwhs_sdr mwhs_sdr exe Convert MWHS SDR files in HDF 5 format to AAPP Ic format This program ingests SDR files for the Microwave Temperature Sounder MWHS instrument on the Chinese FY 3 series It converts from HDF5 to AAPP binary format specified in include file mwhs h The early releases of MWHS data by CMA suffered from limited quality control of the brightness temperatures and geolocation therefore AAPP performs the following additional QC checks Space and black body viewing angles reject scans with errors greater than 100 counts compared with nomin
238. rument grid or re mapped Environmental data records EDR Geophysical quantities For NPP and JPSS programmes AAPP ingests the SDRs These are in one of two formats i the HDF5 format defined by the NPOESS Common Data Format Control Book 36 or ii a BUFR format whose contents closely reflects that of the HDFS product 3 3 DIAGRAMS Different components of AAPP are used depending on the origin of the data In the following figures the files that are created or modified by a process are noted Summary files and fixed files are not noted Page 15 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 3 4 DIRECT READOUT OF NOAA SATELLITE DATA For NOAA direct readout the interface to AAPP is at Level 0 i e the HRPT reception system is assumed to have the capability of receiving the NOAA HRPT data stream as defined by NOAA 1 AAPP_RUN_NOAA is the main module of the AAPP chain for TOVS ATOVS sounders and AVHRR radiometer on the NOAA satellites It links up the different steps ingest and pre processing www space track org NOAA Satellite Get Two Lines EE get tle oe N i 1 Pr 4 ES Vi aS gt TBUSbulein OR Twolines element Nes 7 Se Pa Ingest bulletin Ingest bulletin tbusing tleing HRP T User groundstation i y Clock Y j EE BEI
239. s an interactive script that displays the content of a 2 Line message Inputs INTERACTIVE COMMANDS e file name of a 2 line file e satellite name Outputs STANDARD OUTPUT e 2 Line displayed on standard output Page 149 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 4 2 33 Inputs outputs for EPHE TRACKING ANTCNFT DRIFTEPHE navigation tool All those scripts are dummy scripts in order to interface shell with fortran See the relative commands ephe exe tracking exe antcnft exe and driftephe exe 4 3 DYNAMIC ARTICULATION In this paragraph the text basic information parameters are s satellite e g noaal4 d date yyyymmdd e g 19980512 h hour minute hhmm e g 1415 n orbit number nnnn e g 1750 4 3 1 Description of the main script AAPP_RUN_NOAA With the AAPP_RUN_NOAA korn shell all the different steps hang together From a HRPT data file HIRS 11b MSU IIb AMSU A 1b AMSU B 11b MHS 1b HIRS IIc MSUllc AMSU A l1c AMSU B MHS I1c HIRS l1d are created It tests the satellite number to identify the type of data TOVS or ATOVS data Usage is AAPP_RUN_NOAA D Y year i instruments g grids o outdir z C L file name D debug on Y year year of the HRPT data default current year i instruments from the list AMSU A AMSU B HIRS MSU AVHRR DCS default all available g grids f
240. s are read ioh1dm or ioh1d and the extracted viewing geometry and surface information are stored in arrays targ_angles latitude longitude solar and local zenith and azimuth angles targ_alt surface elevation targ surf surface type The time and angle correction file for the LUT is then read and the extracted information is also stored in arrays scan angle cor and time cor Then the tasks required to initialise the tconv look up table to convert radiance into brightness temperature for the 3 AVHRR infrared channels by calling the subroutine avh_icon The initialisation of the climatological and forecast information and their storage into commons is performed by the subroutine maia_lec_clim Different global files are read by specific subroutines 1 lec_clim_alb Reads the Albedo atlas and returns the array atlas_alb and all relative information in the common c_atlas_alb 2 lec_clim_sst Reads the SST and returns the array aflas sst and all relative information in the common c_atlas_sst 3 lec_clim_cwv Reads the specific humidity profiles and returns the array clim_wv and all relative information in the common c_atlas_wv 4 lec_previ Reads the forecast temperature at 2 meters atmospheric temperature and humidity profile plus the altitude of the grid nodes then computes the total water wapor content and returns the array atlas_t2m and atlas_wv and all relative information
241. s g kg 100 The specific humidities is used to compute the total water vapor content To get the details of the files see modules maia_lec_clim lec_clim_alb lec_clim_sst lec_clim_cwv stc preproc libmaia 2 1 Structure of these binary files is described in the header record that is read at the beginning of lec_clim_alb lec_clim_sst lec_clim_cwv The structure is determinated with the month format 12 2 the record length format I6 the latitude of the 1 pixel of the file format F10 4 the longitude of the 1 pixel of the file format F10 4 the lattitude increment format F10 4 the longitude increment format F10 4 the pixel size of the file longitudes format I6 the line size of the file latitudes format I6 Associated with constant logical units iualb 30 see maia2 env ksh and maia_lec_clim F iusst 31 iuwc 33 Located in the directory DIR_MATA2_ATLAS FORECAST FILES Two formats are available for reading GRIB standard meteorological format and formatted ASCII Information is given in the AAPP documentation data formats Named Page 141 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 06 May 2015 GRIB format YYYYMMDDHH00_0EC where the date YY YYMMDDHH corresponds to the date of creation with the EC delay ASCII format previ_YY Y YMMDD_HH00 txt where the date corresponds to the date of the satellite observations no need of a delay Contains the fore
242. s header and data in the AMSU B level 1b ambclexit closes the log debug file and the AMSU B level 1b file 4 1 16 MHS calibration modules MHSCL script and MHSCL EXE Page 64 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 def_att calatt mhsclin mhssetu l i mhs_loc l n hd1bnav l mhs initcl l mhs status l moon_position mhs_antpos l 4 Ve Je LE moon_amsu mhs_moon r N mhs_smpmn l X poe prtchk H amedian l N mhs iwttmp l 4 mhs_avg mhs cal mhs_updt E mhsclexit l clkerr_get mhshdr mhsdtr function noascid function ord1bid function noascnam gt plank mhshdw Figure 4 16 Flow chart on the AMSUBCL and MHSCL module components To simplify the diagram the calls to subroutines of the libf7ml library have not been written Page 65 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc D NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 This task requires the MHS level la mhs_clcoefs dat and mhs_clparams dat resource files TASK 1 INITIALISATION The user chooses his input options script mhsel and mhsclin The main program is MHSCL that calls many routines mhsclin reads the input options and stores them in a table mhssetu opens the log debug file mhscl log
243. script and HCALCB1_ALGOV4 EXE HIRSCL_ALGOV4 script and HIRSCL_ALGOV4 EXE oo eee 51 4 1 13 MSU calibration modules MSUCL script and MSUCL EXE ssseseeesesseessrsrrsrrsresresresresresreeresrsererese 55 4 1 14 AMSU A calibration modules AMSUACL script and AMSUACL EXE ees esse see esse ese ee see ee ee 58 4 1 15 AMSU B calibration modules AMSUBCL script and AMSUBCL EXE ees sesse see esse ese see ee ee 61 4 1 16 MHS calibration modules MHSCL script and MHSCL EXE ee sesse see ese esse see sees see ee ee see ee ese ee 64 4 1 17 AVHRR calibration module AVHRCL script and AVHRCL EXE ss 67 4 1 18 ATOVS sounders calibration ATOVIN script and ATOVIN EXE ss 69 4 1 19 Mapping of sounders ATOVPP script and ATOVPP EXE ss 73 4 1 20 Modify the ATMS beam width ATMS BEAMWIDTH script ATMS BEAMWIDTH EXE 91 4 1 21 Modify the MWTS2 or MWHS2 beam width MWTS2_BEAMWIDTH and MWHS2_ BEAMWIDTH scripts MWTS2 BEAMWIDTH EXE and MWHS2 BEAMWIDTHEXE ees esse esse see esse see see see see 91 4 1 22 Mapping AVHRR to HIRS Cloud Mask AVH2HIRS script AVH2HIRS EXE or AVH2HIRSCATOVSEKE Se se egg es geed a den ee ee Se ee ese eende ee ae eek egg At ts dd A 91 4 1 23 AVHRR calibration AVHRRIN script and AVHRRIN EXE esse see ese ee see ese see ee ee 97 4 1 24 MAIA3 CLOUD MASK MAIA3 script and MAIA3 MAIN EXE ooo see see sees see seke see ee ee see ee ee 99 4 1 25 Convert AVHRR AAPP 11b format to AVHRR PF
244. sence of AMSU B anomalous bias due to moding of STX 1 transmitter Then it calls amb_calcorrect to correct AMSU B space and target counts for bias errors ambsetu checks the satellite Id and data and then sets some control flags amb_initcl opens reads and closes the amsub_clparams dat file containing the useful parameters for calibration The data are arranged in the common amb_clcoef include amb_cinit h amb_initcl opens reads and closes the amsub_clcoefs dat file containing the values of the secondary calibration coefficients The data are arranged in the common amb_tstcf include amb_cinit h Quality control flags are updated amb_status determines if the instrument is OK and sets flags according to the results checks scan lines quality checks space viewing antenna positions checks calibration counts and channels If not OK calibration coefficients are not computed for the bad scan line but will be replaced by secondary coefficients amsub_clcoefs dat TASK 2 CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS CALCULATION The result of this task is the primary calibration coefficient for each sounding channel amb_antpos checks if the antenna pointing of the AMSU Earth view is not outside of the specified threshold amb_moon calculates the angles between the Moon and the AMSU B space views for all scans based on astronomical formulae amb_smpmn gets calibration samples and computes the mean If any of the space samples are within a pre defined a
245. sets METOP only GET_TAI_UT1_UTC script SPMING script ADMIN MAIN EXE ADMIN MESSAGES EXE and satellite position and velocity SATPOSSPM script SATPOSSPM EXE Module GET_TAI_UT1_UTC That module is requested by celestial reference frame conversions for SPOT 5 model The conversion needs to know the values of the Polar motion and the conversions between Temps Atomique International TAI Coordinated Universal Time UTC Universal Time 1 UT1 The script access the server maia usno navy mil and retrieves two files tai utc dat and finals2000A data by default they are stored in the DIR_NAVIGATION orb_elem directory All necessary variables are defined in the ATOVS_ENV The polar motion and UT1 UTC data are predictable and the file finals2000A data contains predictions for several weeks or months The user should run this command once a month Page 35 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 Modules SPMING SPMING PL SPMING EXE ADMIN MAIN EXE ADMIN MESSAGES EXE spm navtool pyj2000grw read_tai_ute MSLIB77_V3 1 mrmatemcy mrchgrepemev i mrchgrepj2000v mrmatevveis michgrepevveis michgrepj2000cm A mrchgreptvtref mrmatprec2000 mrmattytref mrchgrepveisty mrmatveisty
246. start at the first minor frame number 1 It performs general quality controls for one HRPT minor frame genqc Check the satellite identification at the first call Check of the number of the scan line Check of the date and time Check of the minor frame number Check of the TIP parity bits in the five consecutive TIP minor frames Page 42 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 e Check parity bits in every TIP word for ATOVDC and flag the relevant bits in the quality indicator It computes the number of possible missing HRPT minor frames the number of possible missing AVHRR scan line It calls the routine atovde that will extract HIRS AMSU A B or MSU if TOVS MHS if NOAA N N and DCS data from TIP AMSU minor frames TIP AMSU minor frames are embedded in 3 consecutive HRPT minor frames The first one contains 5 TIP minor frames the second one contains backfill dummy data and the third one contains 5 AMSU minor frames For pre NOAA K satellite each of the 3 consecutive HRPT minor frames contains the same 5 TIP minor frames It calls the routine avhrdc that extracts AVHRR data from one HRPT minor frame TASK 2 TOVS ATOVS AND DCS DECOMMUTATION TASK The module atovde performs this task called by the hrptdc It receives as input from hrptdc e 5 TIP or AMSU minor frames extracted from one HRPT minor frame HRPT minor frame number 1 2 or 3 The
247. t_ 3 3_ SATIMG dta 80 for t35_mercot_ 3 3_ SATIMG dta 90 for t43_mercot_ 3 3_ SATIMG dta 71 for t45_veget_ 10 10_ SATIMG dta 72 for t45_veget_ 3 5_ SATIMG dta 82 for t35_veget_ 3 5_ SATIMG dta 92 for t43_veget_ 3 5_ SATIMG dta Located in the directory DIR_MAIA2_THRESHOLDS Outputs HIRS LEVEL 1D DATA FILE WITH CLOUD MASK Named hirs l1d Page 142 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 File hirs l1d is renamed at the end of AAPP RUN hirslid SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN l1d with SATIMG satellite name example noaa16 YYYYMMDD year month day of data HHMN hour of data NNNNN orbite number Compared to hirs l1d input file the 13 cloud mask parameters have been updated for each HIRS target pixel Associated with logical unit 12 see avh2hirs ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of atovpp STATISTICS FILE Statistics file in formatted ASCII text Named mapqual_ SATIMG txt Filled at the end of AVH2HIRS processing Contains global H8 A4 standard deviations F6 5 and H8 A4 standard deviation for each HIRS pixel 56F5 2 Start date 213 2 and orbit 16 are written at the beginning of the file Associated with logical unit 22 see avh2hirs ksh Located in the directory WRK SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named avh2hirs log The commands
248. ta INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K type maia_Thres_Phase INTENT in Thres_Phase real INTENT in Ems_37 type maia_CMa INTENT in CMa logical intent out overlap SUBROUTINE cirrus_test idbg box pix Reflec_37 Ems_37 cirrus input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_ data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K Page 186 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF Version 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 real INTENT in Reflec_37 Ems_37 logical intent out cirrus SUBROUTINE mixed_phase test idbg box pix Mixed_phase input output type debug INTENTC in idbg type box id INTENTC in box type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K logical intent out Mixed phase SUBROUTINE Opague ice test idbg box pix opague ice input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INTENT in box info at the center of the box type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in Tb in K logical intent out Opaque_ice SUBROUTINE Cirrus2_test idbg box pix Reflec_37 Thres87_108 Thres13 Cirrus input output type debug INTENTC in idbg type box id INTENTC in box type pix_data INTENT in pix pix observations albedo in
249. te semi major axis km eccentricity inclination deg perigee argument deg right ascension deg mean anomaly deg x y z positions km vx vy vz velocities km s ground station coordinates latitude longitude deg altitude km min visibility deg Each data line contains step number position vector inertial velocity vector orbit number satellite in daylight 0 or night time 1 conditions satellite seen from the station 0 yes 1 no Page 120 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 More details are given in satpos 5 SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text in standard output The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 9 Inputs outputs for SATPOSSPM navigation initialisation Inputs SPM_YYYYMMDD_HHMN TXT See input of spming SPM_MXX INDEX See output of spming STATIONS TXT ASCII file containing geographic coordinates of reception station Located in the directory DIR_STATIONS stations txt Each line contains the following information latitude deg longitude deg altitude km elevation min deg and name Outputs SATPOS_MXX_YYYYMMDD TXT Satellite position velocity ASCII file associated with a given station and a given satellite xx satellite number yyyy year mm month dd day Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION satpos Some
250. ted file in ASCII text Filled during the run of amsuacl exe if specified in input options One record added for one run With AAPP version 3 nothing is written into this file Associated with logical unit 14 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named amsuacl log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 18 Inputs outputs AMSU B calibration AMSUBCL Inputs AMSU B LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named ambn l1b Output of the decommutation task Associated with logical unit 11 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation AMSUB_CLPARAMS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Used for AMSU B calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e AMSU B of NOAAI5 AMSU B PFM DATA ID of instrument gt 4 e AMSU B of NOAA16 AMSU B FM2 DATA ID of instrument gt 8 e AMSU B of NOAAI7 AMSU B FM3 DATA ID of instrument gt 12 e Values for Fundamental Constants are common for all the satellites Page 131 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 This file must be modified in the following cases
251. tellite launching The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 13 see mhscl Ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libmhscl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF mhs by the installation script Page 133 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 Outputs MHS LEVEL 1B DATA FILE Named ambn lib File is renamed at the end of AAPP_RUN amsubl1b_ SATIMG YYYYMMDD _ HHMN _ NNNNN 11b Compared to level 1a structure calibration parameters have been updated Associated with logical unit 11 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation MONAMSUB TXT Formatted file in ASCII text Filled during the run of amsubcl exe if specified in input options One record added for one run With AAPP version 3 nothing is written into this file Associated with logical unit 14 see amsubcl ksh Located in the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_MONITOR noaaXX with XX satellite number SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named amsubcl log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml wt write into it Located in the directory WRK 4 2 20 Inputs outputs AVHRR calibration AVHRCL Inputs AVHRR LEVEL 1A DATA FILE Named hrpt l1b Output of
252. the decommutation task Logical units used can differ following the instruments to process See the corresponding scripts More often the associated logical unit is 11 Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation 4 2 12 Inputs outputs ATOVS and AVHRR navigation HIRSCL HIRSCL_ALGOV4 MSUCL AMSUACL AMSUBCL MHSCL AVHRCL Inputs LEVEL 1B DATA FILES Named hrsn lib msun lib aman lib ambn J1b hrpt lib File ambn 11b contains either AMSU B or MHS data depending on the satellite Outputs of the decommutation task Logical units used can differ following the instruments to process See the corresponding scripts More often the associated logical unit is 11 Located in the directory WRK More details see outputs of decommutation SATPOS_NOAAXX_YYYYMMDD TXT ASCII file Satellite position velocity associated with a given station and a given satellite with xx satellite number yyyymmdd start date of position velocity calculation Ouput of the satpost or satpostle command Logical unit used can differ following the instruments to process See the corresponding scripts More often the associated logical unit is 15 Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION satpos More details are given in satpos 5 CLKERR_NOAAXX TXT ASCII file Historical clock error file associated with a specific satellite xx satellite number Output of the tbusing command Logical units used can diffe
253. the precipitation tests the remaining AMSU A pre processing consists of estimating the surface type of each fov from the brightness temperatures ppasurf using only selected channels 1 2 and 3 The following surface types can be detected 1 Bare young ice i e new ice no snow 2 Dry land i e dry with or without significant vegetation 3 Dry snow i e snow with water content less than 2 over land 4 Multi year ice i e old ice with snow assumed dry cover 5 Sea i e open water no islands ice free wind lt 14m s 6 Wet forest i e established forest with wet canopy 7 Wet land i e non forested land with a wet surface 8 Wet snow i e snow with water content gt 2 9 Desert Note If surface type is 1 4 or 8 and channel 1 gt 275K surface type is set to 9 Page 83 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 Flags are set if e the minimum value of the cost function exceeds the cloud test threshold e the estimated surface type is incompatible with topography e the surface type is one which cannot be processed in the next steps 2 3 6 7 and 9 The subroutine ppacorr called during the AMSU A pre processing is a dummy routine that does nothing It will correct limb effects and surface emissivity TASK 3 MAPPING INSTRUMENTS PPMAP ppa2h ppm2h ppb2a ppmap ppbtmap ppbgb
254. tion Usage cris_sdr o Outputfile g Geofile H B N SDRfile Default apodization is Hamming H alternatives are Blackman Harris B or none N If the geolocation file Geofile is not specified in the command then the program attempts to read the geolocation file specified in the SDR Note the maximum number of granules expected in an SDR and the number of scans per granule are defined in cris_sdr h for C code and also in cris_sdr_out F These may need to be changed to suit the incoming data atms_sdr atms_sdr exe Page 114 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 Convert ATMS Sensor Data Record SDR in HDF5 to AAPP internal binary format usage atms_sdr o Outputfile SDRfile TDRfile Note the maximum number of granules expected in an SDR and the number of scans per granule are defined in atms_sdr h for C code and also in atms_sdr_out F These may need to be changed to suit the incoming data avhib_to_hdf5 avh1b_to_hdf5 exe Convert AVHRR level 1b AAPP format to HDFS Usage avhib_to_hdf exe infile outfile Read the whole AVHRR 1b file into memory Convert raw counts to scaled radiance and reflectivities Write out as HDFS mwts_sdr mwts_sdr exe Convert MWTS SDR files in HDF 5 format to AAPP 1c format This program ingests SDR files for the Microwave Temperature Sounder MWTS instrument on the Chinese FY 3 series It conve
255. tional If no parameter is specified as option defaults are For the list of satellites noaal4 noaa12 noaal 1 noaa09 For the station Lannion For the list of bulletin tbus tbus tbus tbus For the start date today Oh For the number of days 1 0 For the increment 120 0 For the search criteria n n nearest p preceding For the antenna steering duration Osec 4 3 29 Description of the command EPHE See also the reference manual man pages ephe The command ephe creates an ephemeris file corresponding to the duration of the SATPOS file for a specific station and a specific satellite This file can be non chronological if the equator is inside the acquisition area of the station It can be time sorted with the unix command sort The command ephe is activated with the name of the files satpos_noaxx_yyyymmdd txt and ephe_noaaxx_yyyymmdd txt Usage is ephe lt satpos_file gt ephemeris_file Page 160 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 ersion 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac 6 May 2015 4 3 30 Description of the command TRACKING See also the reference manual man pages tracking 1 For an antenna the command tracking creates a file of angles and tracking from a SATPOS file for all the orbits included and those which can be acquired Ephemeris messages are directed to the standard output and possibly to an ephemeris file The command tracking is activated with the name of t
256. tovin Main function Apply calibration coefficients convert radiances to brightness temperatures Preprocessing step 2 atovpp Main function Instrument mapping on another instrument grid Preprocessing step 3 avh2hirs AVHRR mapping on HIRS and cloud mask This step is only available for HIRS as the name shows A cloud mask at the full resolution of the AVHRR maia3 Tools to perform a range of tasks including BUFR encode decode reading of HDF files etc Ingest DECOMMUTATION DECOMMUTATION performs the interface between acquisition system and processing This function is specific to the AAPP installation site and can be modified by the user if the acquisition system doesn t respect HRPT format This module calls HRPTDC to perform decommutation task HRPTDC reads the raw level 0 HRPT data streams and puts data from the sounding instruments HIRS AMSU A AMSU B MHS MSU and from the AVHRR radiometer into separated files level 1a SATELLITE AND IMAGES NAVIGATION CALIBRATION COEFFICIENTS HIRSCL or HIRSCL_ALGOV4 AMSUACL AMSUBCL MHSCL MSUCL perform the satellite navigation the Earth localisation of the pixels and the calibration coefficients calculation for each TOVS ATOVS instrument Two algorithms are available to calibrate the HIRS the user has to choose between HIRSCL or HIRSCL_ALGOV4 at the AAPP installation AVHRCL performs the same tasks for the AVHRR radiometer At the end of this step separated fi
257. trackang we f l tle_satpos sungrw sunsat Figure 4 4 Flow chart on the SATPOSTLE module components These modules create a satellite position velocity file satpos file for a given satellite for a given station a start time and a given duration They search the TLE bulletin file for the orbital parameters time closest to the given start time TASK 1 INPUT PARAMETERS READING satpostle gets The satellite name and the station name The start time from which the orbital parameters are extrapolated The time step and the number of days The home directory for the TLE files and the index file name The criteria to search the TLE bulletin the nearest or the preceding one TASK 2 INITIALISATION It finds opens and reads the TLE bulletin corresponding to the research criterion To find the file name of the valid TLE bulletin it calls the subroutune tle_gnv if the search criteria is the nearest to the start time The searched TLE date must be in a time interval It calls Page 34 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 tle_glpv if the search criterion is the last preceding valid TLE filename from the index file The index file is supposed to be chronological tle_de decodes the TLE bulletin to extract orbital parameters and to check that extracted parameters are in the authorised value area By calling
258. uality of the Bbslopes h_partial_superswath_algoV4 determines the calib cycles which will be involved in the calculation of average slope for each superswath or partial superswath h_slope_algoV4 computes the calibration slopes for each channel and for each Earth view scan line h_sttemp_algoV4 computes the Second Telescope Temperature for all lines h_intercept_algoV4 computes the intercept for each channel and for each Earth view line TASK 4 RESULTS UPDATING The result of this task is an update of calibration coefficients and quality control parameters in the HIRS level 1b resource file h_write_histo_algoV4 stores calibration information of all calibration cycles in the hirs_ historic ASCII file h_gtbimean_algoV4 computes the means and the standard deviations of the bl coefficients of all the lines h_upcommoni_algoV4 or h_upcommon2_algoV4 finish updating the parameters in the commons hrs bhd and hrs1bdts h_upcommon 2_algoV4 is called when there is only one or zero calibration cycle hlibwrt algoV4 updates header and data in the HIRS level1b file Page 54 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Pec D AN MEURT NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 hclexit_algoV4 closes the log debug file and the HIRS levellb file 4 1 13 MSU calibration modules MSUCL script and MSUCL EXE See also reference manual pages libmsucal 3 Page 55 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SO
259. umber of days The home directory for the SPM files and the index file name The criteria to search the SPM bulletin the nearest or the preceding one TASK 2 INITIALISATION It finds opens and reads the SPM bulletin corresponding to the research criterion To find the file name of the valid SPM bulletin it calls the subroutine spm_gbul The searched SPM date must be in a time interval The index file is supposed to be chronological The subroutines also calls spm dc in order to decode the SPM bulletin Spm_gbul stores all valid bulletins in a time period By calling gstatc it initialises the station coordinates latitude longitude altitude from the file stations txt directory DIR STATIONS defined in ATOVS_ENV and then converts them into Greenwich Cartesian coordinates Routines read pm uflutc and read tai utc returns the values of polar motion and time difference between UTC UT1 and TAI satposspm returns information on standard output TASK 3 POSITION CALCULATIONS FOR ALL THE STEPS spm_satpos does this task It calculates the satellite position The calculations are made since the start date during several days with a time increment It begins by initialising the spm model with the current SPM For each time the following calculations are performed calculation loop e check if the current bulletin is the best available for the time step e If time step day changes update polar motion and UTC conversion by calli
260. used as reference for the polynomial coefficients calculation The orbit number is also determined for a given pixel For ATOVS sounders satellite position is recalculated for every pixel of each scan line On the contrary for AVHRR image data HRPT GAC position is computed only for each scan line assuming that the scanning of a line is instantaneous compared to the satellite velocity snagre calculates the conversion matrix between Earth fixed Greenwich reference frame Rg and nominal attitude reference frame Ra Page 47 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 7 6 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 earthpix calculates the cartesian coordinates smpg in the Greenwich reference frame of the viewed pixel smps detailled explaination is given in 17 5 cartlalo converts cartesian coordinates smes into latitude longitude on the earth surface i e altitude 0 zenazi calculates the zenith angle azimut angle and distance of the spacecraft from the viewed point on the earth surface detailled explaination is given in 17 6 sungrw calculates the sun position in Greenwich reference frame zenazi calculates the zenith angle azimut angle and distance of the sun from the viewed point on the earth surface After nav_1blin sets bit flags for variables of the level 1B file does the conversions for the level 1B units It computes the satellite altitude in km 10 by calling cartgeog that converts with
261. utputs of decommutation MHS_CLPARAMS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Used for MHS calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e MHS of NOAA N MHS PFM DATA on NOAA 18 ID of instrument gt 1 e MHS of METOP A and METOP simulator e MHS for NOAA N and other METOP satellites will be added at a later date e Values for Fundamental Constants are common for all the satellites This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the satellite launch The version number and the date of the file allow to distinguish the successive versions Associated with logical unit 12 see mhscl Ksh Located in the directory AAPP src calibration libmhscl and copied into the directory PAR_CALIBRATION_COEF mhs by the installation script MHS_CLCOEFS DAT Sequential file in ASCII text Self documented lines of comments begin with Contains the values of the AMSU B secondary coefficients used in calibration There is one file for all the satellites with different sections for e MHS of NOAA N MHS PFM DATA ID of instrument gt 1 e MHS of METOP A and METOP simulator e MHS for NOAA N and other METOP satellites will be added at a later date This file must be modified in the following cases e Insertion of the parameters of a new satellite furnished just before the sa
262. uts for tbusing Inputs Outputs LGEPHE_NOAAXX INDEX Name of the ASCII long term ephemeris file associated with a given station and a specific satellite xx satellite number Located in the directory DIR_ NAVIGATION lgephe Contains all the needed orbital parameters for long ephemeris calculation e The first line contains the NOAA name of the satellite Page 146 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION has 06 May 2015 e Each data line contains the following information epoch time of ascending node in CNES Julian day day 0 01 01 50 Oh string for epoch time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss sss orbit number longitude of the ascending node deg longitude increment deg semi major axis km inclination deg and nodal period hh mm ss sss More details are given in gephe 5 Outputs SUMMARY FILE FOR PASS Sequential file in ASCII text Named Igepheing log The commands print write and the calls to subroutines ml_wt write into it 4 2 29 Inputs outputs for LGEPHE navigation tool Inputs STATIONS TXT Name of the ACII file containing geographic coordinates of reception station Located in the directory DIR STATIONS Each line contains following informations latitude deg longitude deg altitude km elevation min deg and name LGEPHE_NOAAXX INDEX See 3 3 17 Inputs Outputs for Igepheing navigation tools Outputs
263. vhrr metop to make navigation localisation calibration hirscl hirscl_algoV4 msucl amsuacl amsubcl mhscl avhrcl To make the preprocessing atovin atovpp avh2hirs If OPS LRS is present OPS LRS is called the outfile is converted to AAPP 1C format the preprocessing atovpp and avh2hirs are called Page 27 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus 06 May 2015 At the end it renames all output files to include information in the file names Satellite name date and time orbit number 4 1 3 Main module for FY1 imager data AAPP RUN FY1 script This module allows the user to extract and calibrate the five AVHRR like channels of the MVISR instrument on the Chinese FY 1D satellite The first step is to convert the input data to pseudo NOAA format by calling convert_chrpt script the satellite identifier is checked the default bulletin tle is maked Then the main script AAPP_RUN_NOAA is called with specific arguments AAPP_RUN_NOAA C i AVHRR Y YEAR o OUTDIR fy1 hrp The level 1a file is re named with fy1 04 being replaced by fyld Finally the fylcl script is run to create a level 1b file AVHRR format 4 1 4 Satellite and image navigation initialisation Ingest with TBUS bulletin TBUSING script TBUSING EXE and satellite position and velocity SATPOST script SATPOST EXE Modules TBUSING TBUSING EXE See also reference manual
264. vis_sea type maia_VISThresTables INTENT in thvis_land type maia_ThresTables_sea INTENT in tabsea type maia_ThresTables_land INTENT in tabland type maia_thres INTENT inout thres maia_GetThres_CMa_Land F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CMaLand idbg box tabland thres to compute the IR thresholds used over land function of satsec_loc wv tsurf alb indsec from I to 16 satsec_loc input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box_id INTENT in box lat lon solar and sat angles at the center of the box type maia_ThresTables_land INTENT in tabland tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_thres INTENT inout thres dynamic thresholds in deg 100 Page 191 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION DocID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF ersion 7 6 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION Dae 06 May 2015 maia_GetThres_CMa_Sea F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CMaSea idbg box tabsea thres to compute the thresholds used over sea input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box_id INTENT in box lat lon solar and sat angles at the center of the box type maia_ThresTables_sea INTENT in tabsea tabulated threshold tables nb_wv nb_secant type maia_thres INTENT inout thres dynamic thresholds in deg 100 maia_GetThres_CT F90 SUBROUTINE maia_GetThres_CT idbg box tabopag thres input output type debug INTENT in idbg type box id INT
265. with a given station and several satellites yyyymmdd ephemeris start time Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION ephe Same data lines as above Page 148 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION bus o May 2015 TRACKING NOAAXX YYYYMMDD_OOOOO TXT Name of the ASCII tracking angle file associated with a SATPOS file xx satellite number yyyymmdd date at start of acquisition 00000 is the orbit number at start of acquisition Located in the directory DIR_NAVIGATION tracking The header contains the NOAA name of the satellite ground station latitude and longitude deg ground station altitude km and minimum site deg processing time and tracking start time dd mm yy hh mm ss sss orbit number at start time the time step value in seconds and text describing data lines Each data line contains the following information site deg azimuth counted anticlockwise with origin at south direction deg corresponding date dd mm yy hh mm ss sss More details are given in tracking 5 4 2 31 Inputs outputs for TBUSDISP navigation tool tbusdisp is an interactive script that displays the content of a TBUS message Inputs TBUS_SSSS INDEX e index file for considered satellite ssss INTERACTIVE COMMANDS e satellite name e date Outputs STANDARD OUTPUT e TBUS displayed on standard output 4 2 32 Inputs outputs for TLEPRINT navigation tool tbusprint i
266. with empirical functions of viewing angle pixel BTs total water vapour content of the atmosphere from climatological datasets of SST albedo and specific humidities and from NWP outputs surface air temperature over land and twvc The longitudes for climatologies and forecast are systematically converted in the range 180 180 First maia gets the geometry and climatology albedo_clim sst_clim cwv_clim or t2m_prev and cwv_prev forecast information and the satellite cwv_sat at the HIRS location by calling the subroutine maia_init The results are stored in the commons info_clim and info_boite Default values of 20 for Albedo and of 9999 for the others information Air temperature from forecast 72m prev is computed using the 2 meters forecast temperature the relief atlas and a slope of 0 65K per 100m If missing the value of 9999 is given Then the subroutine ppellip creates ellipse arrays from data of the box arrays decleared in the ellipse for BTs tavh_el radiances ravh el a look up table el_lut and the local channel 4 standard deviation sd33 el Local standard deviations are computed on 3x3 AVHRR pixel boxes Maia uses the ellipse arrays to compute the channel 4 maximum temperature t4max_el and for each channel albedo and BT averages and standard deviations xavg Information is stored in the array tmoy_el Once all the pre processing is performed the subroutine m
267. wo files i e it does not use pre defined look up tables For each MWTS spot all MWHS spots are identified that are within a specified angular tolerance from the MWTS spot tolerance specified in the source code Then either the median brightness temperature is computed and stored for each channel or the nearest neighbour brightness temperature is used In the case of mapping MWHS to MWTS the median is always used because this method was found to be robust when there are corrupt MWHS BTs which were observed from time to time when the data were first distributed by EUMETSAT Note that the MWHS beam width is much narrower than that of MWTS so there will be many MWHS footprints within a MWTS footprint In the case of MWTS2 and MWHS2 on FY 3C the median is used only if the appropriate environment variable is set MWHS2_USE_MEDIAN or MWTS2_USE_MEDIAN By default the nearest neighbour is used MWTS2 and MWHS2 footprints are much more similar in size than is the case for MWTS and MWHS therefore nearest neighbour mapping is usually more appropriate To map both MWTS2 and MWHS2 to IRAS run the programs mwts2_to_iras and mwhs2_to_iras sequentially The IRAS 1c format has space for 28 mapped channels 13 MWTS2 followed by 15 MWHS2 4 3 48 is mmam exe The command is mmam exe verifies if a PFS 10 file HKTM or a CCSDS file includes a MMAM message Usage is is mmam exe ccsds lt ccsds file gt pfsl0 lt pfsl0_file gt example
268. wordswap ppmsut pphind function Ibi biascorr ppamsub1 surfelev NOrIENER 4q function Ibi ppbcorr ppproci median rrank biascorr surfelev q wordswap Spacer function lbi ppamsuat mapt function ppmap 1 J pascat ppapcp function ppcrosby ppasurf function ppgrody ae biascorr pee surfelev Lele weep ppmind function lbi ppiasi1 surfelev Wet WEp function Ibi ppcris1 surfelev es ppatmspcp 1 PP S ___ wordswap surfelev DT function lbi N ppatmssurf Page 81 202 AAPP DOCUMENTATION Doc ID NWPSAF MF UD 002 NWP SAF SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION pac o May 2015 average T89 T166 atms retrieve one si function ppatmsscat ppatmspcp function ppatmscirr function ppatmscrosby function ppatmsgrody Figure 4 24 PPPROC1 modules hierarchy To simplify the diagram calls to the errorreport subroutine have not been written This task pre processes a block of level 1c ATOVS data to level 1d before the mapping The pre processing differs for each ATOVS sounder but has a common part So the main subroutine ppprocl calls a specific routine for each sounder instrument ppXXXX1 where XXXX msu amsua amsub hirs or iasi The common part of the pre processing general pre processing consists in performing bias corrections by calling subroutine biascorr It adds a scan dependent bias correction to level Ic brightness t

Software description

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents